Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(61 - 80 of 158)

Pages

Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1997
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1997
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities f...
Show more Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities, ranging from the Guthrie Theater to the Minnesota History Center to the Minneapolis Aquatennial. I Augsburg in the Summer Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 27 to June 20. Term I1 runs from June 23 to July 31. For a detailed listing I of courses, look inside this brochure. - . I - - -.I w I I a Information and Forms Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from: Augsburg College Summer School Office campus B~~ #68 2211 Riverside Avenue I Minneapolis, I 6121330-1795 Augsburg General Education: Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Course Levels: lne rlrst aiglr or tne t digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers beginning with a 1 or 2 are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course numbers beginning with 3 or 4 are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. schmit, ~i~~~~~~ phoebe ~ ~ ~~ ~ Eligiii Independent Study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. Internships: In addition to those listec internship opportunities may be I u arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are I carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member. Consult the Internship and Cooperative Education Office at 6121330-1148 for more C information. ' Housing: Students who need housing mav contact the Residence Life Office - w44k _ Employer Reimbursement: Students who qualify for reimbursement by their employers may use their reimbursement to pay for Summer Session courses. rn The College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. Course Loads in Summer Session: Students may take one course credit during Term I and up to two course credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit. One Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. . . , .y -I 1: a ~~ ~ -~ l di Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer I School. Good standing implies that the - I student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that I hstitutian, L- Other persons wishing to take summer courses should contact the director of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. - B Students accepted for Summer Session are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the Office of Admissions 6121330-1001 or the Weekend College Admissions Office 6121330-1743. 'L I 1 I I ? 6th Street S I" 7th Street S mi- Builer Place 94 West -1nterslale II II Interstate 94 East ... - - ~llegeMap Information 14. Murphy Place Admlrrionr Weekday Program 1s. M l l , ~ l l ) ll q l l * , ~ 16 M I $ = ]YA: < 17 Nordic Center 18 Old Main 19 Orcar Anderson Hall M Publlc Relatlanr and Communication I 21 Quad 22 Sdence Hall 23 Serurlty Dlrpatch Center I 24 Shipplng and Receiving LS S1 Melby Hall 26 Sverdrup Llbrary 27 Sverdrup-OttedalMemorial Hall Marter 01 Sociol Wo* Admirrianr 28. Urness Tower 29. Youth and Farnlly Institute 30. New U b r a y l T to open Fall 1997 &I, s!r.,t;:rt !"l-z<,<~ ,\',"~t,,L"'f 'f,~Wu~,f, $*';,<I, %.lhe~rc-, ~rudlrr,Slurlml Juppon brr !on tn I I'-#,-b?ri*rrr J l v l k n r Services b.G~q/?:>i> irl<br: Athkti< r l ~ l 3 drd Seasonal Air Structure Center for Global Education and International Programs 6 Chrlrtenren Center. Information Desk 7 East Hall 8. Fosr, Lobeck, Miles Center far Worrhlp, Drama and Communlcatlon 9 Hurby-StrommenTennis Courts 10 Ice Arena leray C Carlron Alumnl Center Walntenance and Grounds Shop Mortenren Tower L AMPUS i LOCATIC - 1I , , L - --4 - - ~3.. - - I 4r . 35W from the North . Take Washington Avenue exit and turn leE on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East from Minneapolis - Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2J.st Avenue South. 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. Beginning April 14, you may schedule summer school courses at the Registrar's Office between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. A $50.00 tuition deposit must be paid at that time for each course scheduled. This deposit will be applied to your summer school tuition and is not refundable unless the course is canceled. If a course that you have scheduled is canceled, you may elect to receive a refund or apply the deposit to the tuition for another course. To insure that you reserve a place in the courses that you desire, we recommend that you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many courses fill early, and courses with low enrollments may be canceled before the first day of the term. You must confirm your registration in person by paying tuition in full at the Business Office (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped from your course(s). Summer registration may be confirmed beginning May 7. Students taking courses during Term I must confirm their registration by May 28. Term I1 confirmation must be made by June 24. This procedure applies to all summer registrations, including internships and independent studies. The Business Office is located in the Science Hall, Room 147, and is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. The Business Office will be open until 6 p.m. on May 27 and 28 and on June 23 and 24. The Business Office is also open on Saturdays when Weekend College is in session. Tuition must be paid in full in order for your registration to be confirmed. (Augsburg students who have unpaid balances from previous terms must pay these balances before they may confirm their summer school registrations.) A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for students who do not confirm on time. No Term I registrations will be accepted after May 30, and Term I1 registrations will not be accepted after June 27. To change your registration you will need to fill out an AddIDrop form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30 p.m. on the second scheduled day of each term. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Refunds and adjustments to fees are outlined in the "Tuition Refund Policy" section of this brochure. Summer 1997 I . ,= Scheduling begins Confirmation begins Confirmation of registration deadline (confirmation nzust be done irz person at the Business Office) Classes begin Balance of tuition due Last day to: .Change grading option .Drop class without notation .Register with late fee of $50 (no registrations will be accep fed after this date) Holiday Last day to withdraw from class Classes end Grades due in Registrar's Office Term I - - -1 April 14 May 7 May 28 April 14 May 7 June 24 May 27 May 28 June 23 June 24 June 9 May 30 May 30 July 7 June 27 June 27 - - June 13 June 20 June 25 July 4 July 25 July 33 August 6 I L is the policy or Augsburg Cullcgr not Lo Jiscriluinnli, on Llic b'isis o l wcc, color, crccd, religion, scxual ,iffeclion,~l prclcn%ncr,nalional ~ i r c l l i n i corigin, ~igc,mc~rit,ilsl,ilus, s(.u orslCiluswill1 rrg,ird Lo 11i1hlic ,issislancc, o~.disabiliLy,is ~ , c q ~ ~ i lby t . d'l'illr I X l h r 1'17'2 E d u w l i o n Amcnclmcnls o~.Scclion504 Llic I L ! h ~ i b i l i ~ , i l iA~c~l no l 1970, ,is ,~mcndcd,i n ils cidmissic>nspolitics, c.duc.,il~c~n p ~ . ( ~ g ~ . ~I i ~ iLi si ~, i l i dc '~~ i ~ c m p l o y ~ n c n~pr,icliccs. l I l I 1 71h Street S . 7 Alr Structure Entrance Seasonal Alr Structure Center for Global Education and lnternatlonal Programs 9. Hurby-Strornmen Tennlr Courts 1" Ice Arena leroy C, Carlron Alumnl Center Maintenance and Grounds Shop Mortenren Tower 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. Paul - Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. I ACC 221-S Principles of Accounting I Stoller IntwduoMwl toZruafnessactivities, basic concepts md,fu&rnenlilb of aefounting, the accounting cycle ffns p ~ e p w r a hof financial statements. 9:OO-11:20 ain M,T,W,Th,F Old Matn 23 ACC 322-S Accounting Theory & Practice I Kader An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) 9:OO-11:20 arrr M,T, W,Tlz,F Old Main 25 BUS 242-5 Principles of Management Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. 6:OO-9:00prir M,T, W,Th Old Main 11 ECO 110-5 Economics of Urban Issues Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment by independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term I begins. Call 330-1152. P I N only. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Arranged ECO 112-S Principles of Macroeconomics Gupta Introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage 1or 2 9:OO-11:20 am M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 16 EDE 382-S Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (-50credit) Dyer Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST) 6:00-9:30 prn T,Th Library 1 EDU 210-S Learning and Development in an Educational Setting Strait A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105: Principles of Psych. is strongly recommended.) Persp.: Human Identity M,T,W,Th,F Library17 9:00-11:20 a m EDU 341-5 Media Technology (.50 Credit) Dyer Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through " the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer training will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST) M,W Old Main 25 6:OO-9:30 pnt ENG 2454 Introduction to Literature Palosaari In this course students are initiated into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. The course aims to expand students' critical and analytical skills in reading literature and writing about it as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 10 9:OO-l1:20 an1 ENG 3474 Quantitative Journalism: Computer-Assisted Reporting Dalglish This course introduces students to computerassisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq: ENG 225, or ENG 227 or consent of instructor and MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning 6:OO-9:00 pni M, T, W,Th Foss 20 HIS 3484 Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century Kimball This course provides an introductory historical survey of Russia and the Soviet Union in this century. It begins with an examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and Lenin's consolidation of power. Later topics will include the rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, the Cold War and the slow rejection of Stalinism. We will conclude with an examination of developments since the rise of Gorbachev, the collapse of the Soviet Union and the emergence of the Russian Republic. The course will emphasize political, social, economic and cultural history by focusing on Russian/Soviet practices and institutions. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I M,T, W,Th, F Old Main 13 9:OO-11:20 a m ENG 225-5 Intermediate Expository Writing Swanson This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. Graduation Skill: Writing 9:OO-11:20 an1 M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 1l INS 199-Sl399-S Internship Olson A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member that links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City Arranged GER l l l - S Beginning German I Van Cleve Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and uarticiuation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 9:OO-11:45am M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 22 . SPA l l l - S Beginning Spanish I Farrell Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of this course. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 1:OO-3:45prn M,T,W,Th,F Old Main 29 PSY 3624 Behavior Disorders Hanson An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from social, organic and psychological points of view. (Prereq.:PSY 102 or 105) 6:00-990 pm M,T, W,Th Old Main 23 REL l l l - S Holt Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine. Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 6:OO-9:00pm M,T,Th,F Old Main 18 SOC 265-5 Gerasimo Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Why do we set people aside for negative special treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people to whom we do this are often reflections of our own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism and other "-isms." Offered on P / N basis only. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 6:OO-9:00pm M,T,W,Th Old Main 16 BUS 3404 Human Resource Management Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) M,w Old Main 11 6:OO-9:30 pm BUS 4404 Operations Management Cerrito Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) T,Th Old Main 11 6:OO-9:30 pm ART 1074 Drawing Bollman Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th Old Main 17 6:OO-9:30 pm ART 118-S Painting I Bollman Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th Old Main 17 6:OO-9:30 pm ART 1324 Photography Friederichsen The camera will be used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics Section S1:OO-4:30 pm M,w Old Main 4 Section T6:OO-9:30 pm M,w Old Main 4 ART 3894 American Art Anderson A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts. Persp.: Aesthetics. Graduation Skill: Speaking T,Th Old Main 25 6:OO-9:30 pm ACC 2224 Principles of Accounting I1 Kader A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral consideratioils. (Prereq.:ACC 221) 9:00-10:45 am M,T, W,Th Old Main 25 MIS 1754 Principles of Computing for Busidess Schwalbe An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel, Access, Powerpoint, e-mail and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a strong computer background are encouraged to take MIS 370 (not offered Summer Session) instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a "Pass" in MAT 103, a self-paced course) T,Th Foss 42 6:OO-9:30 pm ECO 110-S Economics of Urban Issues Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment by independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term I1 begins. Call 330-1152. P / N only. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Arranged ECO 1 1 2 4 Principles of Macroeconomics Gupta Introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Persp.: Western Heritage T,Th Old Main 16 6:OO-9:30 pm ECO 1 1 3 4 Princivles of Microeconomics Sabella Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1or 2 6:OO-9:30 pm M,W Old Main 29 ECO 3154 Money and Banking Gupta Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113),, 6:OO-9:30 pm M,w Old Main 16 I , 1 I ' EDE 3774 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (25 credit) Stangl Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST) July 15,17,22,24,29,31 6:30-8:30 pnl T,Th Old Main 4 EDS 3904 Communication Skills in the English Classroom LaDuca This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. It is designed to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral interpretation, listening and small group discussions as well as to explore methodologies for teaching and incorporating these skills in the high school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST) 6:OO-9:30pm T,Th Science 112 EDS 3914 LaDuca Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit) This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. Students will explore the nature of media as "consciousness industries," examining the whys of teaching media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of assumptions media education was based on in the past and how to incorporate media education into the English curriculum. Students will become familiar with all forms of mass media and will understand the impact of media on their lives. Students will learn how to be discriminating users of mass media and how to teach others to be the same. (Prereq.: PPST) 6:OO-9:30pm M Science 112 ENG 2234 Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Graduation Skill: Writing 690-9:30 pm M,w Old Main 13 ENG 282-SI382-S Topics in Literature: The Heroic Journey Griffin This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph Campbell but will also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man, usually white and belonging to a warrior class, analysis of the heroic warrior myth, both as it is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths and as it appears in contemporary American popular narratives, will be explored. But the heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women and men who may be neither white nor warriors. 6:OO-9:30pnl M,w Old Main 23 HIS 440-5 Topics in World History: The Meaning of 20th Century European Diplomatic History for 21st Century Europe Anderson This course provides historical perspective on some of the security, political and economic problems facing Europe at the end of the millennium while attempting to assess and understand the future of NATO, the possibilities of a United States of Europe, the Yugoslav problem and the relationship of Russia and the United States to Europe. The course begins with a consideration of World Wars I and I1 within a diplomatic context and includes examination of the motives for West European economic and political integration. 6:OO-9:30pm T,TI1 Old Main 10 INS 199-Sl399-S Internship Olson A work-based learning experience in which students design a learning agreement with a faculty member that links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City Arranged INS 2254 Introduction to Islam Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sumis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism will be made, including a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I 6:OO-9:30pnl T ,Th Old Main 29 MAT 1734 Math of Interest Kaminsky An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan payments and other topics in the mathematics of financial transactions. (Prereq.: MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning 6:OO-9:30pin T ,Th Old ~ a i 23 n GER 1124 Beginning German I1 Van Cleve Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice speaking, understanding, reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narrative in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3 9:OO-11:30 rrtn M,T,W,Th Old Main 22 SPA 112-S Beginning Spanish I1 Soto Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3 1:OO-3:30 pm M,T,W,Th Old Main 29 PHY 101-S Astronomy Hansen A descriptive course covering the solar system, stars and galaxies. The course also traces the development of scientificthought from early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and lab sessions are important components of the course. Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11), Persp.: Natural World 2 M, w Science 212 6:OO-9:30 ptn POL 2954 Topics in Political Thought: Utopias & Dystopias Riley "War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is strength," so asserts the Ministry of Truth in Orwell's bleak warning to humanity in his novel "1984." In this course we will examine fundamental questions of human nature and human society through the lens of utopian and dystopian texts. What is the nature of freedom? Is freedom and community compatible? How may sex and gender be distinguished? What are the sources of violence in human society? What are the legitimate ends of state authority? Persp.: Human Identity, Graduation Skill: Writing M, W Old Main 27 6:OO-9:30 pnr POL 383-5 Defining America: Theories of Political and Social Change Aoki Around the world, countries struggle with the turmoil of social change. Shifting patterns of race, ethnicity and culture often trigger fierce political clashes over who belongs and who is an outsider. This course examines these disputes, focusing largely but not exclusively on the United States, where racial and ethnic controversies are part of a struggle over the definition of America. The goal is to enable students to make thoughtful contributions to debates in dire need of such offerings. 6:OO-9:30 pnt M,w Foss 43 PSY 105-5 Principles of Psychology Robinson-Riegler An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological concepts to everyday situations is emphasized. Persp.: Human Identity 6:OO-9:30 pm , M, w Science 213 REL 3574 Giants of the Faith Tranvik The lives of famous Christians are crossed with tragedies and triumphs. This course combines biography and theology to gain insights into the history of the church. Figures as diverse as Augustine, Julian of Norwich, Martin Luther and Martin Luther King Jr. will be studied. Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 6:OO-9:30 pm M, w Old Main 10 REL 385-5 Process Theology & Christian Faith Lorenzen This course introduces students to the relational world view of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will be given to the writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small groups and some lecture to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in the class include murder, abortion, human sexuality and euthanasia. Grades will be based on a paper (10-15 pages), the presentation of the paper to the class and class participation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 6:OO-9:30 pm T, Th Old Main 27 SWK 2604 Humans Developing Rooney This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity 6:00-9:30 pm T,Th Old Main 13 SOC 356-S Crime and Community Bloom Analysis of correctiollal programs and community responses. Lecture, discussion and site visits to prisoiis, courts and community agencies. Special atlention to concepts of restorative justice. (I'rereq.: Soc 321) 1:00-4:30 ~ I I I T,Tlr Old M n i ~ r10 I SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND The Bristol International Program In Social Work Bristol University, U.K. June 28 to July 12,1997 THEATRE ARTS SPC 3294 Intercultural Communication Gaetano This course explores cultural differences and their implications for colnmunication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction and (.ode systems Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 ,:00-9:3U ~ I I I T,TII Old Mniir 18 ?PC 351-S ,\rgumentation Lapakko 1 )evelops critical thinking skills by studying the i heory and practice of argument, evidence, :,illacres and refutation. Includes how to build and n a l y z e public arguments that confront students in ilieir everyday lives. Graduatioil Skill: Critical l'hinking 1 :00-9:30 p ~ r ~ M,w Old Mfliil 18 SWK 257-B Exploring Human Senrices: International Program Bibus This course is an orientation to human service in an international context with many visits to human service agencies, lectures and seminars. Full orientation takes place at Augsburg for two sessions before the course. Credit is transcripted through Augsburg. The course is also available for graduate credit with a research component. Cost: $1,990 includes tuition, all ground transportation in the U.K., all accommodations and most meals. Airfare is NOT included. Students must make their own flight arrangements. Augsburg College Summer School
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1998
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1998
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
-ru- m "!--c 1 auasbura in the summer Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 to June 26. Term I1 runs from June 29 to August 7. For a de...
Show more -ru- m "!--c 1 auasbura in the summer Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 to June 26. Term I1 runs from June 29 to August 7. For a detailed listing of courses, look inside this brochure. term one June 1 to June 26 term two June 29 to August 7 about augsbur Augsburg College is a four-year, accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities, ranging from the Guthrie Theater to the Minnesota History Center to the Minneapolis Aquatennial. summer session info Course Loads in Summer Session: Students may take one course credit during Term I and up to two course credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit. One Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. Augsburg General Education: Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Course Levels: The first digit of the three-digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course numbers beginning with a "3" or "4" are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. Independent Study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member. Consult the Internship and Cooperative Education Office at (612) 330-1148 for more information. Employer Reimbursement: Students who qualify for reimbursement by their employers may use their reimbursement to pay for Summer Session courses. Housing: Students who need housing may contact the Residence Life Office at (612) 330-1109. The College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. information Additional information may be obtained from: Augsburg College Campus Box #I44 22 11 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1787 Summer School Coordinator Terry Cook eligibility Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer courses should contact the coordinator of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Students accepted for Summer Session are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College Admissions Office, (612) 330-1743. 3 to register Bt ning An] su er sch Registrar's 0 t h and 4:30 p.m. calendar - ay s c h c d ~ ~ l c at the ween 8:00 a.m. tuition deposit must be paid z at time for each course sch rhis deposit will hc applied to you r school tuition r ~ ~ l e the s s course and is not ref1 1. If a co you have is cant is cancclcd, ,..- may elect to ,., the tuition for another course. To insure that you reserve a pl I the 1n1nen~1 courses that you desire, M as early that yo^^ schedule your 1.1 rly, and as possible. Many cour: courses with low enroll ~ t may s he canceled before the first day of the term. You must confirm your registration in person by paying tuition in full at the Business Office (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped from your course(s). Summer registration may be confirmed beginning May 11. Students taking courses during Term 1 must confirm their registration by June 2. Term I1 confirmation must be made by June 30. This procedure applies to all summer registrations, including internships and independent studies. T h e Business en from _ ... . a.m. Room 147 a n siness Office will to 4:00 p.m. l h t be open until 6 o n June 1 and 2 and on Junc and 30. T h e Business Oftice is i when ~n SI n . Tuition Weekencl couef must he aid in tull in oruer for your .. . -. le confirmed. (Augsburg j whc) have unpaid halances ? v ; . - . --rms ~ must pay these ,,, a12 st they [nay confirm their summer sch~ trations.) cheduling begins :onfirmation begins :onfirmation of registration deadline ,...... A late fee of $50 will he assessed for students who dc? not confirm o n time. No Term 1 registrations will he accepted after June 3, and Term 11 registrations will not he accepted after July 6. To change your registration you will necd to fill out an add/drop form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50 for changing a course after 3:30 p.m. on the second scheduled day of each term. This procedure applies to illternships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Refunds and adjustments to fees are outlined in the " T u i t i o ~Refund ~ Policy" section of this brochure. : April 13 May 11 June 2 April 13 May 11 June 30 June 1 June 2 June 29 June 30 June 8 June 3 June 3 July 13 July 6 July 6 confirmation must be done in erson at the Business Office) :lasses begin balance of tuition due ,ast day to: Change grading option Drop class without notation *Register with late fee of $50 (no registrations wiU be accepted after this date) Holiday Last day to withdraw from class Classes end Grades due in Registrar's Office #& June 19 June 26 July 1 3 7 PL, the hasis i f r m e , C ~ J L Jcreed, ~ , religioi~,sexmrl or affectionnl prefrreilce, natiunnl A u ~ h h u r gdi~eriiot drscrimillnte m reqriired by Tick or erhiiic ongin, a ~ e marital , stiltus, gender, stntus with ~ c g a r dtro public ~ ~ s ~ s t a norc edr,ahility , I?: of the 1972 Educntion Atnendinents or Secrri~r~ 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admbsion poliilrs, edrtiatiunol Inr)groins, activities, m d etnpbyment pmctrceh augsburg fees .- The tuition charge for 1998 summer school courses is as follows: $900 for full-credit courses, $450 for half-credit courses and $225 for quarter-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition refund policy The $50.00 per course deposit i~ refundable. A refund of all or par the remaining fee is calculz ' from the date of the student's cancellation at the Schedule of Refunds: Prior to the second scheduled class meeting-100% of the refundable portion of the fee. Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting-75% of the refundable portion of the fee. Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting -50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedule of refunds. - f inancia >id Eligibility for;$ummer Session ~tten&es !! I 5 Financial aid is',available to students enrolled in ~ & . 6 rW e ~ k ~ nPrograms. d Students wlip maintain3h81f-time status (as defined by the program in .-.L:cli they are enrolled) are eligible nnl; for financial aid. uay rrog Students enrollea m summer Terms I and 11 combined or only Term I1 may be eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. WEC Program No aid is given for summer Term I as it runs concurrently with the WEC spring trimester. 14. Murphy Place 15. Mur h Square 16. ~ u s hall t 17. Nardlc Center 10. Old Maln 19. Oscar Anderson Hall 20. Publlc Relatlons and Communlcatlon College Map lnformatlon 1 Admlsslons Weekday Program Alr Structure Entrance 2 Seasonal Alr Structure 5. Center far Global Educatlon and lnternatlonal Programs 6. Chrlrtenren Center, lnformatlon Desk 7. East Hall 8. Forr Lobeck, Mlles Center for ~ o h h ,l Drama and Communlcatlon 9. Husby-gtrommenTennls Courts 10. Ice Arena 11. JeroyC. Carlson Alumnl Center 12. Malntenanre and Grounds Shoo 13. Mortensen Tower Ramp campus location 35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and rum left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 2lst Avenue South. Students enrolled in summer Term I1 may be eligible for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. To Apply The financial aid deadline for the Summer Session is April 15, 1998. Contact the Ofhce of Student Financial Services at (612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance. Early application is advised. 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn Left at 21st Avenue South. PI,4;q - - .- a( -- . 5; : - . , I-. 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.about augsburg - .7 !fI lytical skills in reading literature and writing about it as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics ACC 2 2 1 3 Principles of Accc Introduction to bu and fundamel cycle, and prt Stoller --..;ities, basic concepts, ounting, the accounting f hnancial statements. 9:OO- 11:20 an W,Th,F Sabella ! E o n s of ~robkmsfacment by independent tnnr* nf instructor before ~ly.Persp.: Old Main 18 ACC 3 2 2 8 Accountino 1neul , ..--. Kader A n anal f financial accou nphasis -- accol g theory p e r t a i n ~ ~to~ gnmanct; !nts, income concepts, valuation concepl PASB statements, and other relevant issues applied to assets. (Prereq.: A C C 222) - - 9:OO-ll:20 am M,T; W,Th,F Music 22 BUS 2 4 2 3 Principles of Management Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organiration, staffing, planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. 6:OO-9:00pm M, T; W,Th BUS 3 9 9 3 Internship Arranged Music 22 Kader of Macroeconomics Gupta ductlon to macroeconomics, national income analysis, mon~ ~dfiscal policy, international trade, econorr ,th.(Prereq.: MPG 2) Persp.: Western el012 9:OO-ll:20 am ,W,Th,F Old Main 16 b uU J 341.Media Technology (.50 Credit) M,T;W,Th,F Room TBA Dyer Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachindlearning situations. Computer training will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) 6:OO-9:30pm C H M 223-S Elementary Organic Chemistry TBA This 10-week course is designed for students whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a chemistry major and credit cannot be given for this course if CHM 351, 352 is taken. It does not fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352 or the biochemistry requirements for other programs. This course runs from June 1 to Aug. 6 and has two three-hour lab meetings every week. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116) Time TEA - -- June 2,4,9,11,23,25 Library 20 --.-ENG 2 2 3 3 Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouaged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq: ENG 111) Graduation Skill: Writing 6:OO-9:OO pm M, T; W,Th Old Main 13 ENG 2 4 5 3 Introduction to Literature Swanson In this course students are initiated into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. The course aims to expand students' critical and ana- 9:OO-11:20 am M,T;W.Th,F Old Main 10 Eric Rhomer, Claude Chabrol, and others. Parallel to a discussion on the aesthetic aspects specific to each author and genre, we will study different cultural themes. The films are in French with English subtitles. The class work is in English. 1:OO-320 pm M,T;W,Th,F Old Main 25 SPA I l l - S H I S _ S. History of the Twin Cities ~ i ~ b ~ lBeginning l Spanish I Soto four basic skills: understanding, ~h~ ~ i ~and ~ paul ~area serves ~ lAimsi to develop ~ as~ a case~ speaking, reading, and writing of elementary study for the themes of frontier urbanization, Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the industrialization and economic change, transSpanish-speaking world. ~aboratorywork is an portation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban integral part of this course. Persp.: intercultural politics and reform. Persp.: The City 9:OO-11:20 am M,T;W,Th, F Old Main 13 Awareness 2 st, 1:OO-320pm PSYC I N S 199-S/399-S Internship Olson A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member that links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. M, T; W,Th,F Old Main 29 , PSY 3c- _ Behavior Disorders Hanson A n introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from organic, and p s y c ~ o ~ o g ipoints c a ~ of view, prereq,: PSY 102 or 105) 6:oo-g:oo pm M,T;W,T~ Old Main 23 Arranged I MAT 105-S Applied Algebra Provides an introduction to algebra and its applications to the social, natural, and physical sciences, business, and everyday life. Topics covered include understanding and solving linear, quadratic, and exponential equations, the connections between equations, graphs, numbers and the situations they describe, and the use of a scientific calculator. (Prereq.: MPG 2 or consent of instructor) 9:OO-11:20am M,T;W,Th,F Science 108 -))) Topics: French and duRivage Francophone Culture in Film A n introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize French and Francophone societies as they have been portrayed in the works of such filmmakers as Francois Truffaud, Maurice Pialat, REL 353-S Denominations and Religious Groups in America Bussert A study of beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations and of many contemporary religious groups. Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 ~:oo.g:oopm M,T;W,T~ Foss 43 REL 357 Giants of the Faith Tranvik Looks at the lives and thinking of some important Christians. The mix of biography and theology makes for stimulating reading and discussion. We will study figures like Augustine, Martin Luther King Jr., and Dorothy Day. Persp.: Christian ~a$a2~mqfn~on M,,wTh Science 212 \ term I 7 -august ART 107-S Drawing Drawing in gr; pencils. Subjects in' . Cerrito elated to the management Persp.: A ART 11'-' Painting o painting meala ana recnnlque lntroduc acrylic a m "11. Persp.: Aesthetics 6:OO-9:30pm T; Th Old Mair; ART 132-S/ART 132-T Photography Friederichsen The camera will be used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics Section S1:OO-4:30pm Section T6:OO-9:30pm M, w Old Main 4 Music 22 i ~ r i n c i ~ l of e s Comnuting for Business Schwalbe re to develop understanding An introducl ---7ts and specific skills in of basic c o m p ~ , are (Windows, Word, using microcoml Excel, Access, Powerromt, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a strong computer background are encouraged to take MIS 370 instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 2) 6:OO-9:30pm T; Th FOSS42 Old Main 4 C H M 223-&See ACC 222-S Principles of Accounting 11 Kader A coniinuation of ~ ~ ~ 2Introduction 2 1 . to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-makine, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: A C C 221) 9:OO-lO:45am M,T; W,Th Foss 21 BUS 3 4 0 3 Human Resource Management Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) 6:OO-9:30pm M, w Music 22 0 Term one 0 ECO 110-S Economics of Urban Issues Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment by independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term 11 begins. Call 330-1152. PIN only. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Arranged ECO 1 1 2 3 Principles of Macroeconomics Gupta lntroduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2 Old Main 16 6:OO-9:30pm T; Th ECO 113-S Principles of Microeconomics Sabella lntroduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2 6:OO-9:30pm M, W Old Main 29 ECO 315-S Money and Banking Gupta Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112) 6:OO-9:30pm M. W Old Main 16 EDU 21023 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting Strait A survev of educational osvcholow = topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105 is strongly recommended.) Persp.: Human Identity 6:OO-9:30om % Th Library 17 ., EDE 37723 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (.25 credit) Stangl Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) June 29, July 1, 6, 8, 13,15 6:30-8:30pm b Th Old Main 4 EDE 386-S Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.50 credit) Graves Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq,: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) 5:30-8:30pm M, W Library EDE 387-S Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (.50 credit) Therres Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) Graduation Skill: Writing 5:30-8:30pm Library 17 M, w EDS 3 9 0 3 Communication Skills in the English Classroom LaDuca This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. It is designed to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral interpretation, listening, and small group discussions as well as to explore methodologies for teaching and incorporating these skills in the high school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) 6:OO-9:30pm T; Th Science 112 EDS 391-S Teaching Mass Media (a50 credit) LaDuca This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. Students will explore the nature of media, examining the whys of teaching media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of assumptions media education was based on in the past, and how to incorporate media education into the English curriculum. Students will learn how to be discriminating users of mass media and how to teach others to be the same. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher Education Program) 6:OO-9:30pm M Science 112 ENG 282-S Topics:Women Monsters and Monstrous Best Kramer Enjoy reading horror novels like Frankenstein, Dracula, or the works of S t e ~ h e nKine and Anne Rice? This class explores why readers are attracted to "monstrous" genres and how monstrosities affect the representation of women and marginalized groups in contemporary popular culture. 6:OO-9:36 M, w Old Main 13 IHISTORY . .- INS 414-2 Rhetoric (forme The rhetoris colonial tin rhetorical perspc Rhetorical critic - of a UnitedlStates Yugy Iav relationship qf-md the prc' ' &the 1 s to Europe. 6Th Ola - INS 199-S/399-S Internship Olson dents design a learning aareemenz th a faculty member that links the-ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. ) Nilsson lerican feminists from alyzed to develop a American feminism. e means of analvsis. Pers~.: k i n g Spanish I1 Soto Four basic skills: understandAims to deve I, and writing of elementary ing, speaking, , o the culture of the Spanish. Introdt Laboratory work is an Spanish-speakin, .-.;. integral part of the course. Persp.: lntercultural Awareness 3 1:OO-2:45 pm M, 6 W,Th Old Main 29 POL 282-S Asian Americans and the Politics of Identity Aoki This course focuses on Asian Americans and recent political battles over the American identity We will seek to understand Asian American views of these controversies, and we will also consider the larger context in which Asian Americans find themselves. The class will revolve around discussions of readings, films, and current political issues. 6:OO-9:30 pm M, W Old Main 10 REL 3 6 9 3 Religious Imagination in Modem Literature Stratton Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism, and world view. Reading and discussion of several novels. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3 6:OO-9:30 pm M, w Old Main 11 Arranged INS 225-S Introduction to Islam Kader The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). A visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities is included. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I 6:OO-9:30 pm 6 Th Foss 43 PHY 101-S Astronomy Hansen A descriptive course covering the solar system, stars, and galaxies. The course also traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and lab sessions are important components of the course. Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are required. (Prereq.: MPG 2), Persp.: Natural World 2 6:OO-9:30 prn M, w REL 4 7 2 3 Paul the Apostle Quanbeck I1 A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3 and Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking 3:OO-6:00 prn 6 Th Old Main 16 Science 123 SWK 260-S Humans Developing Rooney This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors that influence the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity 6:OO-9:30pm 6 Th Old Main 25 SOC 3 5 6 3 Crime and Community Bloom Analysis of correctional programs and community responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special attention to concepts of restorative justice. (Prereq.: Soc 121) 1:OO-4:30pm 6 Th Old Main 10 SPC 329-S Intercultural Communication Lapakko This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 6:OO-9:30prn M, w Old Main 18 SPC 4143 Speaking of Women: American Feminist Rhetoric (formerly Feminist Rhetoric) Nilsson The rhetoric of selected American feminists from colonial times to now is analyzed to develop a rhetorical perspective on American feminism. Rhetorical criticism is the means of analysis. Persp.: Human Identity; Graduation Skill: Speaking 6:OO-9:30prn 6 Th Old Main 11 summer term a h center for global education upcoming programs: "Developing - - a Multicultural Perspective: A graduate level course for educators in Cue1 aca, Mexico" July 6-19, 1998 (Augsburg ' . ' L course credit auuc~ole) - "Peace Issues in Central Americ: June 12-22, 1998 with rhe 1.11thers "Peo July : ' ' r Lives and ( I (wit1 "Guatemala in the August 1-9, 1998 .,. xas A uM El Salvador and Honduras' University) I Wgr Period" 3 ;ions, Laying Foundations. "South Africa: Heali Transforming SoEietj June 1 7 - ~ u 1 ~ Human Rights Travel/Study Seminar in Mexico July 13-22, 1998 (includes Mexico G't and Chiapas) 9 For more information and other possible trips, contact the Center for Global Education directly at 330-1159 or: globaled@augsburg.edu A
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1999
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1999
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
' 17 ssion '99 , -v #' &/ augsburg in the summer Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 to June 25. Term I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5...
Show more ' 17 ssion '99 , -v #' &/ augsburg in the summer Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 to June 25. Term I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5. A cietailed listing of courses begins on page 8. term one June 1 to J ~ l n e25 term two June 28 to August 5 about augsburg Augshurg College is a four-year, liberal arts college locatcci in the heart of Min~~eapolis, ancl affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran C h ~ l r c hin America, Augshurg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools."' T h e small college environment, ahont 3,000 s t ~ ~ d e n(luring ts the acacle~llicyear, is enriched by the Inany opport~lnitiesfound in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of c u l t ~ ~ rand a l recreational activities. summer session info Course loads in Summer Session: Students may take one course credit during Term I and up to two course credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valile of one course credit. O n e Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. Augsburg general education: Co~lrsesfillfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduatio~l Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Course levels: T h e first digit of the three-digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course n~llnhersheginning with a "3" or "4" are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. Independent study: Independent stildies [nay be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. Internships: In acidition to those listed, internship opportunities may he arranged individually during the summer. Acade~nicinternships are carefi~lly planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty me~nber.Consult the Center for Service, Work, and Learning at (612) 330-1 148 for more information. -'N r ~ l . l h(:?r~rl-nl A > \ o c i n [ i o ~of~ College$ n l i d Schoolr, C o ~ i u m i \ s i o ~OILi Ili,tiurtiol~s ofHi~11e1. Edtrsarion, (3 12) 263-0456. \&I7 rite <zuit'u,.~lcnsihe.orfi> Employer reimbursement: Students who clualify for reimb~lrsement their employers may use their reimbursement - to pay tor Summer Session courses. Housing: Students \vho need housing lnay contact the Resicience Life Office at (612) 330-1488. The College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. information Additional infor~nationmay be obtained from: Augsburg College C a ~ n p u sBox #I44 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1787 Summer Session Coordinator Terry Cook eligibility Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such instit~ltions,and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augshurg Summer Session. Good stancling implies that the st~ldenthas heen admitted and not subsecl~~ently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer courses should contact the coordinatc>r of summer school to ascertain eligibility ~ l n d e special r circumstances. Students accepted for Summer Session are not ; u ~ t o ~ n a t i c agranted ll~ admission as reg~llarst~ldentsof Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program a t ALlgsbLlrg shOLlldapply to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College Admissions Office, (612) 330-1 743. of augsburg r Sum iition ( 1 cou a tuition rate: tuition rerupa ! T e $5'U.00 re per course DIIC deposit undable. A refund of all or pa^^- the remaining fee is calculated from :ourse t h e date of t h e student's oi I cancellation a t t h e Enroll Financial Services Cent? Schedule of refunds: Prior to t h e second scheduled class meeting-100% of the ref~~ndable portion of the fee. Prior to the fourth s c h e d ~ ~ l eclass d ~neeting-75% of the r e f i t n d a b l e portion of t h e fee. Prior to the sixth sched~lledclass tneeting-50% of t h e refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions w i l l use a prorated version of the schedule of refi~nds. ,.., - ble to students wee&mp"'. aintai 2d by the program in .e enrolled) are eligible .or hnancial aid. Day progi I n t e r s l a t e 94 W e s t n summer Terms I Sti~dentser and I1 comb~neo- o r only Term 11 may be eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the M i n n e s o t a State Grant. WEC program N o aid i s given for summer Term Ias it runs concurrently w i t h the WEC spring trimester. Students enrolled in summer Term I1 may be eligible for t h e Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or t h e Minnesota State Grant. 1 Undergraduale Adrn~ss~ons Oll~ce 2 Air Slructure Enlrance November lhrough March 3 Amerlcan Indian Sludent Services and Pan-Afrlkan Student Services 4. Anderson-Nelson Athlel~cFleld and Seasonal Alr Struclure 5. Cenler for Global Educallon and lnler!lallonal Programs 6. Chr~stensenCenler, lnfarmal~onDesk 7. East Hall 8 Foss, Lobeck, Mlles Center for Worsh~p, Drama and Commun~cal~on 9. Husbv-Strommen Tennls Courts 10. Ice Arena 11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alurnn~Cenler 12,Malntenance and Grounds Shop 13. Mortensen Tower 14. Murphy Place 15. Murphy Square 16. MUSIC Hall 17. N o r d ~ cHouse 18. Old Maln 19. Oscar Anderson Hall 20. Public Relations and Comrnunicat~on 21 Ouad 22.Sclence Hall 23. Secur~tqDlspalch Center 24. Shlpplng and Recebvmg 25 SI Melby Hall 26,Sverdrup Hall 27,Sverdruo-Oltedal Memor~alHall 28. Urness ~ o w e r 29.Slle for N e w Residence Hall 3O.James G, Llndell Falnlly Llbrary Parking Lols A Adm~sr~onslFacullylStallPark~ny 8. FacullylStallICommuled Res~dentParking C. FacullylSlalf Parking 0. FacullylStalfICommuler Parking E. Commuler Park~ny F Resldent Parking G. Visitor Parkong H Fa~rview-Un~vers~tq Med~calCenlet Ramp Pay parking available campus location 35W from the North- Taklkc W a s h i n g t o n A v e n ~ l ec s ~ and t t u r n l e f t on W a s l ~ i n g t o n( t ~ ~ r t Ii isg l i t o ~ i t ( >C c l l a r A v c n ~ ~ c ) , t u r n left a t Rivcrsiclc A v c n u c , right a t 2 l a t To apply A\,CL~LIC So~~tli. The financial aid deadline for the Summer Session i s April 15, 1999. T'lkc 2 5 t h A v c n u c exit, t u r n I c f t a t 2 5 t h A v c n ~ ~ c , Contact the Enrollment and Financial Services Center at (612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance. Early application is advised. 1-94 E a s t from M i n n e a p o l i s u r n l e f t a t R i v e r s i d e A v c t i ~ ~ cturn , lcft a t 2 l s t AVCIIII~S c ) ~ ~ t h . 1-94 W e s t from St. PaulT a k e R i v e r s i d e e x i t , t u ~ rni g h t a t R i v c r s i c l c A v e n u e , tt11.n l c f t a t 2 l s t Avenue South. 35W from t h e South- Follow the 1-94 St, P a u l s i j i n s ( ~ u o v ct o r i g l i t of t\vo m c r g c l - s ) . Takc 2 5 t h lalie after cacli A v e n u c e x i t and t u r n l e f t a t R i v e ~ j i d eA v c n u e , turn left a t 2 l s t A v e n u e S(,~~tli. term one iune I to iuni 25 1 and adnlission to teal L i m i t : I 6 students 9-1 7:20 am Anderson I through conteluporary ' T c t u l e and folk arts. b t w r a A u a ; i o n Skill: Speaking W,Th,F Lindell 16 7 EDS 3 5 6 3 Music Methods: mass and Percussion (.50 c&) Stuily and ap mate~ials,an, A Stacke Music 3 C es o f Accountine I I x i o n t o business act~vities,basic and fi~ndalnentalsu f accounting, t1.p 3pcoun nent . cycle, and p ~ c p a r a t i oo~fi financial 9- 11:20 am M,T;W,Th,F Main ACC 3228 , Kader Accounting T h e o r y & Practice A n analysis o f financial account1 w ~ t hemphas~s , o n accounting theory pertaining tlr h l ~ a n c ~statcal ments, income cc~ncepts,v a l u a t i ~ nconcepts, FASB statements, and other relevant iss~~es as applied t o assets. (Prel-eq.: A C C 222) 9-71:20 am M,T;W,Th,F Music 22 B U S 242-S Principles of Management Cerrito Development o f tlie thecl~yo f Inanagcluent, organization, stafling, planning, and c o n t n ~ lT h e nature o f a u t l ~ c i r i t ~ accciuntahility, , nnd rcsponsihility; analysis of the role of the pn~fessionalmanage!. 6-9 pm M, T; W,Th,F Music 22 E D U 2 10-S Learning and Development i n an Educational Setting Strait A survey o f educational psychology t~ipicsas applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed o n classnlom applications. (PSY 105: Principles o f Psychology is strongly reconunended.) Pe~sp.:Human Identity 3-6 pm M,T; W,Th Sverdrup 7 EDU3418 Media Technology (.50 credit) Erickson Psycl~ologicaland pl~ilosophicaldimensions o f c o m ~ n u n i c a t i ( ~thn,ugh n the ilse o f instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation (if effective audio-visual ~naterials for teachingllearning situations Computer t ~ a i n ing w i l l be included i n the course. (Prerecl : PPST Intermediate tory W r i t i n g Swanson This course hullcis o n the p~acticcsand meth(~ds (if effective writing ( E N G 111). Its \ r ~ o ~ k s h oforp lnat stlcsscs style and organization, the pn>cesso f revision, self and peer ev;lluation, and the relationship hctwccn reading and writing. (Prcrcq: E N G 111) Gradrlation Skill: W ~ i t i n g 3-6 pm M, T; W,Th Old Main 10 E N G 25 1-S Readings i n American Literature Clayton This course considers selectcci l i t e ~ a r yand 11istcir1cal texts and hclw these texts lend thcmselvcs t o an understancling o f the Western rvo~Id fiom a n Amcrican perspectlvc. Rcadings w i l l include w ~ i t ings hy Auncrican women and people of c o l o ~ Persp.: Western Hel-irage Old Main 16 6-9 pm M,TW,Th E N G 2821382-S Aggergaard Topics: W r i t i n g about the A r t s It's easy tu say a movie is great, a h~icikwas dry, n c(1ncert was ~uarvelous,111 a play was boring. Rut i t is difhcult f01 luany people t o say (>I writc luorc than that. This course w i l l help you put you^ opinions and analysis o f fine arts into words and, i n tlie end, w i l l help yc~uappreciate the a1 ts more. 9- 7 7:20 am M,T;W,Th,F Old Main H P E 0 0 2 3 (0.0 credit) Lifetime Sports: Racquet Sports Ludeman This class is designed to introduce a variety o f lifetime racket spurts to students Basic skills, tenminology, rules, and strategies w i l l hc intnlduced and dcvelclped. Graduation Skills.: Lifetilile Sport L i m i t : 8 students. Melby Gym 10 am-noon June 1-12 H I S 225-S Kimball H i s t o r y and the T w i n Cities T h e Minneapolis and St. Paul alea scrvc as a case study for the thc~uesof f ~ ( ~ n t i urhanizatic~n, cr i n d u s t ~ i a l i z a r i oand ~ rccinomic change, tr'insp<xrdtion, i m m i g ~ a t i o nand ethnicity, and u ~ h a n politics anci r c f o r ~ uPe~sp.:T h e C i t y 9-1 7:20 am M,T; W,Th,F Old Main 73 HIS 3483 Russia and the Soviet Anderson U n i o n i n the 2 0 t h Century This cc~u~se f~icuseson events from the Russian Revolutions 11f1917 thn,ujih tlic collapse ( i f the Soviet U n i u l i and the cmelgcncc o f the Russian Rcpuhlic. Pel-sp : lntcrcultural Awn~encss1 6-9 pm M, T; W,Th Old Main 73 INS 1053 Introduction t o American Indian Studies Jacobson A n ovcrvien~o f the A n ~ e r i c a nIndian sti~diesCLIriculu~n-history and litcrciture, fede~alIndian policy, land issues, reservation and LII ban issues, c ~ o s s - c u l t u ~~nfluenccs, al art, music, and langi~age. ( R c q u i ~ e dfc11 American Indian studies mi no^) P c ~ s p: I n t e ~ - c u l t ~Awareness ~~al 1 6-9 pm T; Th Old Main 18 INS 2603 Contemporary American Indians Kiahna This c~iurseexamines the si(uatio11of Amellcan Indians in the United States since the Indian Re<,rganization A c t (1934). Emphasis is tin current issues o f tribal st~\;ereignty,treaty rights, and educaticin. T h e tension o f cultural change is lhighlipl~ted Persp : lntercultural A\\,arcncss 1 6-9 pm M, w Old Main 29 I N S 199-S/399-S Internship Olson A wo~k-hasedleallling cxpcricnce i n which a student designs a learning agreelnent plan that links tlie ~ ~ p o r t i ~ n ~ t i e s a responsihilitics and found in the placement w i t h specihc learn~ngobjectives that al-e evaluated for academic credit T h e internship placement and learning plan must be approvccl hy the faculty supervisol-. P/N g~ading. Arranged 'Note: Internships may also be arranged with individual faculty. Contact the academic department directly to make arrangements. SPA I l l - S Beginning Spanish 1 Farrell Aims to develop four hasic skills: i~nderstanding, speaking, reading, and writing o f elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory w o ~ kis an integrd part o f this cotuse. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 1-3:20pm M,T;W,Th,F Old Main 29 POL 1703 L a w in the U n i t e d States Underhill-Cady A n intrc~ductic~n to A n ~ e r i c a nlaw and legal pr<icesscs Theories o f law; law and society; roles o f courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the U.S Constitution as "supreme" law; and law as politics. Pcrsp.: Social World 1 111 2 ' ?Id Main 13 '-3:20 pm M,T; W,T t PSY 3 6 2 3 Abnormal Psychology Hanson An intnxiuction tc~psychokigical disorders. (Prcreq : PSY 102 or 105) 6-9 pm M,T;W,Th Old Main 25 REL 3 5 7 3 Giants of the Faith Tranvik A study o f the lives and tlicokigy o f well-known Chi istian thinkers. Inclucled are figures like Augustinc, Bonhoeffer, and Dorothy Day. Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 9-1 1:20 am M,T;W,Th,F Old Main 76 srttcn, CUMM~NIUAI IUN IWD THEATRE ARTS SPC 1 11-S Public Speaking Groven T h e coulse focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and overccming speech fright. (Note: Students lnay take either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit, hut n o t hoth) Graduation Skill: Speaking Old Main 29 9-1 7:20 am M, T; W,Th,F r d term two h june 28 to au I 5 M I S 175-S I'rinsiplcq c ~ fCoin 7-S Ura ill gr.1 Dra, cilh. Suhjccts il intcri(>rr and c Pc~dap.:A c s t h e ~ 6-9 pm . c v c l ~ > ip~ n d c n t ~ ~ n i l ~ n g skills i n 1-c (\Vi11cioivh, W , ~ t ~ i , -life hgu~'cs, huiWinC <Ic s l > c r ~ ~ u c n rwork. ;il h~~si~ic~.i-~clatccI ;a l ~ d pecihc . Old Main 17 1 Student? 5v1 ART 11 8 - S Paint prrr 6-9 pm J, Th Foss 42 J, Th ART 1 3 2 3 Photography T h e camera i v i l l he 11scd. ' . ECO315-S M o n e y and Banb ,, Gupta F u ~ i c t i o t u ~oi gf the n u ~ n c ~ n ;inJ r y I~ankin:: syatcluc, 11x1-t~cularly c o ~ i u u c ~ - c h.ink\, ~.ll [he Fcdcr.rl R c s c ~ v cSyatcni ancl its role 111 relation tti aggrcc ~ t c c o n < ~ l ~acrlvity. iic E~ilphnsispl;lceii o n mollcr.11-y t l i c ~ l l yancl policy- (I'rercq.: ECO 112) 3-6 pm M.W Old Main 10 EDS 3 9 1 3 LnDnca Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit) T h i s cti~lrbcIS for E n c l i s l ~ - c L i ~ l c n majols t i ~ i ~ ~ \ell11 plan to tcnch h i g h \ch<~<,l English. Sruclcnts w i l l explore the n w t ~ ~ or cf mccli;i as "con.cilirlsl~csc indus~rics,"cs;i~iiininl:the whys lit' ~ c ~ i c h i n g m c d ~ ; i l,i l ~ \ r to ' En ahc~ilti t citccti\,cly, lint k i n d 11i a*\ulupti,int m c d ~ aciluc;ition \\-,is h,lsc~l011 i n the past, ;incl li<,\v t ~ ,incci~pc]~,;~tc liicilin cduc.~tion i n t o rhc English c111riculu111. S t ~ l d c n t \\.ill ? hcct~~llc i n \v111 h ~ m i l i a rw i t h ;ill iol-~nsn l m l r s ~ u c ~ l;ind ~ ~ n d c ~ - \ r the a n Jinipwcr o f mc<lia ( i n t l i c ~ lI~vc.;. uwrh Stildcnts w i l l Icarn ho\v L<I he cliacr~~nin;ltin::ii~~iti~iji [if mass mcdi.1 ;lnd lhcn\' tc> tcncli ntlic~.; to Ihc the aaluc. (l'rcl-cil.: PPST and ;~dmissionLO rc;~clicr cduc;~rl~]n pn)graiii) Sverdrup 1 M 6-9:30 pm HIS4403 Topics in W o r l d H i s t o r y : F r o m H i t l e r to the Anderson Fall o f thc B e r l i n W a l l T h i s c o i ~ r \ cp ~ o v i c l c historic;~l \ pcrspccti\,c n n slime o f the security, I x ~ l i t i w l ,and c c o n o ~ i ~ pmhic lclus f x i n g ELIIN>~X .it t l i c end o f the millcnnitllu c~ the ~ l ~ l i iili ct t c ~ i l p t i l i gto nrscs and u n ~ l .;rnncl f i ~ t t ~ (if r c NATO, the possibilitic\ ,if.i U n i t e d , 'iugc>slav p ~ l i h l c m and , the Strites (if E u ~ . ~ i l wthe rclati<insh~p o f Russi;l ,ind the U n i t e d States to EU~CI~C.T h e coLIr\c h c g i n ~wit11 ii c o ~ ~ s ~ d c t i iotfi ~ i ~ i tic LVc~rld\Vari I ancl II w i t h i n a c l ~ p l ~ ~ m acc>ntcst .ind includcr c n a ~ i i ~ n a toi ~ f the ~ n ~ i i o t i v c stor West Europe111cco110111icnnd Ipolitic.~l i n t c g r . r t i < i ~ ~ . 6-9 pm J, Th Old Main 13 usl'~ls~~iq ;~ti\,it, m i exp-c?.i<ui ~11itc1h .-. tojirapliic prc~ce~sci. Stuclcntb 11 cccks to a 35m1n, single-lens reflex camel i l i ~ a t c i co\t l of t i l ~ u ctc.: , $2110-225. Pcrhp.: Aeathcticc 6-9 pm M. w Old Main 4 ACC 2223 Kader Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g 11 A conrinllarion <if A C C 221. lntrc,duction t,, Ihusincss ,ictivitic.;, a c c o u ~ ~ t for i ~ ~co~.p,ir:itions. g n.ls~c cnnccpts nlul fllnd;l~ncnr,ils o f mnn:igc~-~;ll acccinnting, 1il;lnning and cc>ntr<>ll~ng prc~ccsscs, ~ I ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ l i - alicl ~ i l hcIi;i\,iolh,i1 a k i l i ~ , considcr.lti~ln\. (Prcccil.: A(:C 22 1 ) 9-10:45 am M,J,W,Th Foss 2 1 B U S 340-S H u m a n Resoorce Management Cerrito , Pcl:c<~nnclfilnctic~nin business, n c q i ~ i \ i t i o n and utiliz;itic~no f h i ~ m a nrcsriul-cch; ~lcsir,il>lc\\,<irking rel.~ti~~n.;hipz; cftccrlvc intcjir.ltion <IF the \vc>~-kc~. w i t h the gc,;il\ ( i f tlic tirill and x>cicty. ( P r c ~ ~ c l . : nus 242) 6-9 pm 1; Th Music 22 BUS 4403 Operations Management cerrito Concepts nnil principles r c l ; ~ t c ~t i[i the IiYnnagcnwnr (if cilwr.~tingh l i i c t i ~ ~ nt;iught s fn111i a liiann ~ c r l aviewl>oint l \\,it11 cxn~ulilcsfrom varicltl\ industries and scctcxa. (Prcrcq.: R U S 242 ,11~concent o f i n r r ~ ~ l ~ c t ~ i ~ ~ ) 6-9 pm M, W Music 22 EDE 3 7 7 3 Kindergarten-Elementary C u r r i c u l u m : Science (.25 credit) Stan~I (IF ~nntc~.l;ll\;and Ex,imin;ition ; ~ n dpl-elwr,lti<~l~ r c \ < ~ ~ ~ l .hci cr \science at the k~nclcr.;~~.~cn nil clcnlcntnry Icvcl. (PI-crcq.: PPST ;inLl ;iiilnission to r ~ ; l c I i c rcduc;ltio11prclgl.;ilu) 6:30-8:30 pm T,Th Science 315 EDS 3 9 0 3 C o m ~ n u n i c a t i o nSkills i n the English Classrooln LaDuca nmjors w h o TI115 ~ , ~ L I I . A ~ic for E11glisli-cdl1c;1tii111 plan 111 tc;icl~Ihiuli c l i o < i l English. I t 1s dcsijinccl to Improve atllilcnt.;' b k ~ l l s111p ~ l h l i cspeaking, 111:11 i ~ l t c r p r c t a t ~ o li\rcning, n, and sui.~llgrcillp cli\cuscil~~~ics hio115, CIS \\,ell as to cxl>lorc ~ i ~ c t l ~ ~ ~ c l for \kills i n the hioh tcachinc anil ~ n c ~ i r l i i i r a [ i nthc\c c \ c l u l ~ i lEllfili.;li c u r ~ ~ i c u l u l i(Prcrcq: i. PPST ;unil a<luiiasi~into tc;ichcr c<lucatil~np ~ t i # r . i ~ n ) 6-9:30 pm T, Th Sverdrup 20 E N G 282-S/382-S Topics: T h e C i t y : Garden and Wilderness Griffin T h e p ~ ~ \ (if v et ~l ~ cclry to 1 1 c i l 1 1 i\h 01- c o ~ r u p tthe lu~m,lns r i l ~ lIS ;ithcuic i n 11ii1cl1\VCI~CIIIIitcr.1turc. In Alncric,in ~iiyrIiol~,gy,i t appeils i n the nlctal>lion ( i f rhc g.11dcn and rlic wilclcrnc\\. 7111s ctiursc cxplo~.cs tlicsc t l i c n i c i ;as thcy ;~plw.ivi n ~ i i ~ , ~ l cAnlcric;in rn puctly, nc>vcls,plays, tilnb, ;~lud essays. W c w ~ l turn l t c s t i 111tucspcricncc ;111d cspcl-icncc i11Lc1 Lcxtr; w.ilking c ~ c u ~ s i o ni na \YIII S I I ~ ~ ~ ~ C I I ~ C IcliissI~ M i n n c , i l x ~ l ~;ilal s St. P,~LII suIiject\ fol > t ~ ~ i l c ~ i t s ' r(111111i i i s c t ~ \ s ~ oiiliil l ~ s f~11.1i1sl1 " u r l u n c\r,iy\ " P c ~ s ~ >T.h: e C i t y Old Main 10 6-9 pm M, W I N S 199-S/399-S Internship Olson A \ v o r k - l ~ a r c Ic.lrning ~i csper~cncci n n d ~ i c lstili dents clc>ign a learnin?: ; ~ g ~ c c l n c nwt ~ t h;I 6c~culty mc~iil,cl- that link5 thc i~lc;i\;ind 111etlloilbo f their in the ~>l;icc~ i i a j o rrci rlic o p l x m t ~ ~ n i r ~ Foi~ncI c\ mcnt. ~ ; i r t i c i l i a r i o n111 a scmin'll I chpcctccl. (1,nsult iiist~.i~ctc>r for cl.irihcntion, Pcrbp.: T l l c City Arranged *Note: Internships may also be arranged with individual faculty. Contact the academic department to make arrangements. INS 1053 I n t r o d u c t i o n to American l n d i a n Studies Jacobson E N G 361-S Thi, c , ~ i ~ r sisc an i n t ~ c ~ d u c t tci l r i the ~ ~ content Clayton Studies in M o d e r n F i c t i o n .iI.ca.i o f the A ~ u c r ~ c . lInl ~ d i a l,tililies i curriculu~ii, c>nc o n t c m p ~ ~y ~20th-,~~ T h e ~ L I L I ~focusca *~ century prclrc \vt,rks. I t inclucics N;iti\,c A ~ i i c ~ ~ c a n including ;111 ovcrvicw n f A l i ~ c r i c , l nIndian history, Amcricnn I ~ i ~ l i al itr ic l n t u ~ e ,fcclc~,ll I n i l ~ ; r n ,ind Eu~c~pc;in \vriLcrs, \\,it11 a n cmpliasls 011 policy, lancl ~ssucs,r c c c ~ v ; ~ r i <;anti ~ n ilrh.ln Icrucs, nun-Wcstcrn (ASI;ILI and Af1ic;ln) hctio11. cniss-cultillal intlucnccs, art, mucic, .ind I;inguagc. (l'relcil.: EN(; 245 or cclnwnt o f instructor) (Rcqrlircti for Auicl-ic;ln 1nill;ln studies ~ i i l n u r . ) I. (;ladu;iti<~n Pcrsp.: l n t c r c u l t u ~ ; ~Awal-cncss l 1 Pclrll-: 1ntcrcultur;ll A\\J,~I-cncs\ Skill: W r i t i n g Science 212 6-9 pm J, Th 6-9pm J, Th Old Main 10 _ T 25-S uctiol. wrbe i - ne 28 to a Kader ~ x ~ i c t i c ~Mnugs l i ~ ut , ~ lust 5 = Spb I I to ~ non-Muslim.;. : ~ ~ l i ~ g ~f<1~1~ici,it101ia c;il T l i c co~lrsc\ [IF Islam, its PSY 3 5 2 3 Adolescrnt and Young A d u l t Developlnent Hanson Cons~~lcr.itic~n o f rc\carcli anil tlicc~ly~clatcclto i l c v c l ~ ~ ~ x i iduring cnt the a ~ l ~ i l c s c c; ~~int dy ~ ) ~ ~ n g ailulr y c ~ l ~ s(P~*cl-eq.: . PSY 102 (11. 105) 6-9 pm M, T; W,Th Old Main 25 Farrell skilla: t~nderbtan~l- :prs and tenets, Islamic 1;1\\, m ~ > < ~ ~ i ~ii~i~l i c p < ~ l i ~ i csysal (Sliari'ali), 1 tculs, : ~ n dI.;] <Ilk.T l i c r c \\,ill alacl Ihc ii c o ~ ~ s i ~ l c crcncca hct\vccn the Islamic cftll,l't t8 hctn.cc d ivr~tin:: ( i f c l c m c n r ~ i ~ - ~ <IF the the cult~l~.c ' .... . .- , .. is a n I~LI~<II M, T; W,Th SOC 3 5 6 3 C r i m e and C o ~ n ~ n u n i t y Bloom An;ilysi\ ( j f c t ~ ~ c c t i oplojirmis ~~il aliii c c i ~ i i ~ ~ i u n ~ r y Icsponacs. Lecture, ~ l ~ s c u s \ i o n kind , i r e visits t11 priscins, curlrts, and colluuunity agcncics. Spcci.il c i r i \ ~jujticc. c ; ~ t t e n t i o nto c<>nccprsof Icttc>~ (Prcrcq.: Sos 121 ) 1-4:30 pm J, Th Old Main 18 Main 29 REL 1 1 1 3 H\v;lrcncss 1 6-9:30 pm T; Th 'Id Main 16 h MAT 1 0 5 3 A p p l i e d Algebra Staff ;II~ i i i t ~ o ~ l ~ ~ to c r;il~ ::cl;n.s o n . ~ n i ira i uppliP~,t~vidcs c,~rionsto tlic x ~ c i ; i l ,natul-'11,and p I i ~ s i c . ~acil cnccs; hukincss; nil cvc~yclaglife. Tc>liica cri\,crcd incluclc ~ ~ n ~ l e r s r a n dand i n g sol\,in:. linc.~r,i l r l a d ~ a t ic, slid csponcntl;~l cqu;~ti,~na,rhc ct,~uicctic,ns hctwccn c i l ~ ~ ~ ~ rg~-;iphc, i ~ l n s , nr~nthcrb,nnd rllc a i t ~ ~ ; r t~c>nr they clc.;cnhe, ,inJ the IIW of;^ scicntihc c.11culat<~r.(I'rcrcil.: MIJ(; 2 <,Iciinhcnt o f in\tructoi.) 6-9 pm M, w MAT 1 7 3 3 M a t h o f Interest Kaminsky Learn h < ~ \ to v d e t c r n ~ i n cthe ~ n o n t h l yp a y ~ i i c n t \ or car. F ~ l uol u Iulrv ~ ~ i i i ~ c~ lOi I I nccil tc, o n ;I I~<ILIX he stocking ;l\e,iy 11ow to have a m i l l i o n \ehcn y,,~ ~ t c t ~ r cLC.I'-I ho\~ ;11ill~1itics, pcrpctr~itics,and 11fc ~ n \ r ~ r a n c\v111'k, c ancl morc. Ev;ilua~ion\ r ~ ~hc ll hnbccl on cla\ctrx~mp a ~ ~ t i c i l ~ a t i q~~izzcs, c~n, and ;i hnal cx;~~run;~ti<>n. (P~.crcq.: MPC; 3) C;r,iJ~~:irion S k i l l : Qu.ln~it;lti\~cRcnsoning 6-9 pm J, Th Science 205 MUS 2953 Topics: l n t r l T h e o r y & Tec t o Recording Studio 10.50 credit) Mudge ry, micn~pliones,unclc1st.ind111gnlr~sicalInstuu~iicnrc,s i j i ~ ~fl<~n,, n l studio ~ ~ p c r . ~ ~t ~i nni cg c d u r c , rec~1nl111g cons<~lc ~ p i r t and \ f c ~ ~ ~ c t i o tn:c~,p c c ~ I.cc,,l~~illg tcc~lllieluca. ,11,,1 lu;lc(1incs, 111 i ~ l c l r ~cliissr~x1~ii ~ic~ Iccrurc, g r o ~ ~\v0rk<l101)s l> sclio<il f . ~ c ~ l ~ r i a c co,~ \r,o~.ksIiol> l visits to .I pl-<,ks- , s i ~ l i i i f,iciIitY. l Lillllr: I 5 strIdellr~ Cont,lct the ~ l u ~ sdcPirrlncnt ic at (61 2) 330-1265 iClr fill ther LICt;l~IC. 6-9 pm W Music 27 POL 2823 A s i a n Americans and the Politics o f I d e n t i t y Aoki This cour\c f<>cuacs( i n ch.inginr: cc~nditlon.; filli\ nnitll conAa1;11i A~ncl-icans,P r i ~ i i a qconccrn ~ ~ C I I ~ ~ O I ~ C IpI ~ ~ l i t i c sillid tlic i l t ~ e a t i o OF ~l Asii~n A~ue~.ic;iniilcntity. LVc n ~ i lc<in.;~dc~.Asinn l A ~ u c r i c . i n \ grtnving ' politic.~l infltlclicc . ~ n dthe role rhcy play I n i l e t c r ~ n i n i n gt l ~ cilynamics o f Alilcrican p ~ ~ l i r i ci ns tlic 2 1st century. W c \r,ill cs;iliilnc the i n f l ~ ~ e n coef Asian Anrcrlcnn illuiiia ' . * of itaclf. Pclrp.: grant5 ,117 A ~ u c ~ ~ c i~n;lgc I n t c ~ r u l t r ~ rAw.i~.cncss al 1 6-9 pm M. w Old Main 29 ~ ~ ~ SPC 3 2 9 3 I n t r o d u c t i o n to Theology Holt Intercultural Co~nlnunication Gaetano An ~ n t ~ r ~ i l u c t oi t tlic ~ n ; ~ c a c l c ~ uci~\cil>lrnr ~c of T h i s corl~sccspl~jrcshot11 the pnIhlclus ;and thccilogy a ~ i cto l the clialoguc hct\vccn the c l i ~ ~ ~ c h ~ i c > r c n t ~( ;~~clfo ~ u ~ i i ~ ~ n i c , .imonji t r i o ~ i pe1~111s of ilif.ind the wc~rldt h i t cC,nccllis (:hris~ial~c l ~ ~ cinc. tl fcrcnt culti11.1lgrc~ups.F.ictc~l-ssuch ;ir ctI1nocc11Pc~q'.: Cluisti;in F'iith 2 01 3 Lriam, stcrcorypcs, pl-cjudicc, ~ ~cspcctatic~nr, l c 3-6 pm M. W Old Main 18 v,ilucs, l a ~ ~ g i ~and ; i ~nc~n-ve~-l,.~l , aynthols ;11-c csa1ni11c~l. Pc~sp.:I n t e l - c u l t u ~ aA\r.i~-cnccj l 1 REL 4 7 2 3 6-9 pm M.W Old Main 16 P a u l the Apostle Quanbeck 11 A s t ~ l i l y(if the Apcirtlc P.iul, ~nclucling,ippn,pri,1tc SPC 480-S \vitli the histt~ricalIh.~cl\jirot~~~<l, PiitllS I-CIB~~~IIISIIIP P u b l i c Relations1 early c h t ~ ~ c ni;ijor h, thc111csI n Ilia \vriLin:,, a~ul Promotional Communication Lapakko I-cflcctit~n concclllilig the Ica*on\ l'i1~11~ e ~ i i iill1 ~ ~ ~ i s Puhlic ~ r c l ; ~ t ~ oInnsthe n i c ~ d c ~\r,(~l-lil n o f culiimrlnlirnlxxtiint hgrlrc .mi rliinkcr i n Christinn tlicoloof catic,n, m n r k c t i l ~ g ancl , husincs. All ~ > v c r v i c w C l i r ~ s t ~F; a ~ ~ ti hI <>I3. (;~.ICI~I,~~IC)~ gy. Pctq~: lpt~I>l~c ~ c l ; ~ t i o,I> ~ i ;\I C;IIC~I '11icI :I Yilr\,ey o f lh,i<ic Skill: C ~ i t i c aThinking. l I v o ~ ~ i o t i o n ;comnu~nicati<rn il i n p ~ < > t;inLl i t Inon3-6 pm T; Th Old Main 76 IY-<+r 01g.1n iz.itions. 6-9 pm T; Th Old Main 29 ~ SWK 2603 H u m ; ~ n sDeveloping Rooney/Phan T h i s ct,ur.*c p t ~ ~ v i ~ai nc s~lnclcrstandin:: 11f human o f the s c ~ c ~ c ~ c u l t ~hio~~..~l, gnnvtli t l i n ~ ~ ~IlFc g l i;~lul I~lgical,and psyclu>lo::ic,il f;1ctt,1s tli,~t i n f l u c l ~ c c l s f;~niil~cs.(;i~)\\,tli tlic g~?,wtli 1,F ~ n d ~ v l d u ; l ;uid rcl.itc<l t c ~clivcrsc p o l x ~ l a ~ i c ~ nncl n s gl<>rlpa(11- spcc ~ nsl t ~ c \ r c \IS nlro ,I f ~ ~ c uPr .c I ' ~ ~H. :~ l i i i ~I dl ic l i t ~ t y 6-9 pm J, Th Science 319 S O C 265-S Culture: Ethnicity, Gendcr, and Race Gcrasimo A c o ~ ~ fIlcs~gnecl ic tt, luok nt gnwps o f I X O I ~\vh<> I~ for rc;isons o f Ihirtli, a c c i d c n ~ appearance, , or Iiclii~vio~ have . hcen "act aslde" and d e l i ~ ~ a\ e~l gradin:: "clificrcnt" by tllc larger s ~ ~ c i c t(PIN y. ~ ~ n l Perbp.: y) I n r c ~ c u l r u ~A\r:;ucncsr ;~l I 6-9 pm M, w Old Main 13 THR 116-S Creative D r a m a Engel1 A s t ~ ~ iof l y \8.11101~\ i ~ > r uotl ~ i l ~ . ~ l u a t im<,\,c~ncnr, c p,iutc>~ilirnc,anel pI;iy t l u c ~ u g ;ictivity, l~ rc.idi~~g, E ~ i l l i h a s ~011 s iliip~c~\,i~ i h s e ~ ~ \ ~ , ;lit~~l coi ~I\CLI\\II)I~. ~i, >,itional t c c l u ~ i q t ~ c;ind s active ~ ~ a r t i c i p ~ t i u n . L)cvclopnicnt o f clh,i~iiaric ~picccji1,1111 written, auJthlc sources. Scioic iilnda\,c~-l>.il,visual, iili~l ;lctlng ~ ~ i ~ c ~ ~I tIn l s ale inrlil<luced. Pcly,.: Acsthctics 6-9 pm M, W Foss 21 - H center for global education other summer s1 Paideia Institute for Socratic II . Great Ideas for Teaching in a New Millennium June 14-18, 1999 Contact John Schmit tor rcgist~.;ltion,(612) 330-1083. upcoming programs: Marginalized Voices in Guatemala an' April 25-May 9, 1 9 c th Hiram College) & hiapas 1 ssues in the Post-War P Guatemala: Indiger May 16-27, 1999 (with St. Mary's. The Bristol International Program in Social Work Bristol University, U.K. June 26-July 10, 1999 SWK 257-B Exploring Human Services: International Program ronteras: Close of the 20th Ce versity) Dinis This course is an orientation to human services in an international context with many visits to human service agencies, lectures, and seminars. Full orientation takes place at Augsburg for two sessions before the course. Credit is transcripted through Augsburg. T h e course is also available for graduate credit with a research component. Cost: $2,800 includes tuition, all ground transportation in the U.K., all accommodations, and most meals. Airfare is N O T included (approximately $900). Students must make their own flight arrangements. For further information, contact Maria Dinis, (612) 330-1 704. Department of Religion and Augsburg Youth and Family Institute Norwegian Teacher Academy in Bergen, Norway May 27-June 12,1999 REL 316 Church and Culture in Context Crossing BordersICruz ~ i c a r a e i aand the U@ inks I The Environmf Lcxas A&M-Commerce) Social Justice in Nicaragua June 19-27, 1999 (wi; y of Mary) Cuernavaca, Mexico (Augshurg MAL credit availahle), Virgi June 19-July 2, 1999 South Africa after Mandel June 19-July 3, 1999 Anderson A study of Norwegian culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in Norway. Emphasis will be o n experie~lcesof the church in era. This is an intergenerational Norway and the U.S.in a post-Cl~ristendo~n course for students, clergy, and other church professionals. Participants will meet for a one-day course orientation May 26 at Augsburg College. Cost: $2,835 includes ailfare, accommodation, meals, tramportation in Norway, and entrance fees (except Bergen International Music Festival) . Twenty $1 000 scholarships available to At~gsburgColkge s t d n t s . $350 non-refundable deposit is required to register. For more information contact David Anderson at (61 2) 330-1569. El Salvador and Nicaragua: Exploring Debt Issues and Reconstruction after Hurricane Mitch July 6-17, 1999 Mexico: Education for Social Justice A Faculty Development Seminar in Cuernavaca, Mexico July 10-17, 1999 For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for Global Education at (61 2) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaledQaugsbur~~d~~>.
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1966-1968
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1966-1968
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
155 I I AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66 1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE - AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. T...
Show more 155 I I AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66 1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE - AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. -- ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields o~f engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. - MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council o'n Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 28 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, - SETTING The thirteen-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent t o the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in Science Hall a t the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 P.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone in advance is recommended. Write t o the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 338-0501. 3 C p u ' / d- -u-. ---A& +-P A L ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1966-1967 9' t I AUGUST 1966 A T W T F S SEPTEMBER 1966 S M T W T F S FEBRUARY 1967 S M T W T F S MARCH 1967 S M T W T F S DECEMBER 1966 S M T W T F S I APRIL 1967 S M T W T F S . . . (Wed.-Mon.) Sept. 3, 5 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.) Aug. 31-Sept. 5 .....Freshman MAY 1967 S M T W T F .... .Registration ...........(Tues.) ..........Classes begin Oct. 2M3 ......................... Homecoming pi 1619 . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations . . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration N u 9 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ..........Classes begin eov. 28 ..................... Christmas recess begins Jan. 4, 7:45 a.m. ...(Wed.) .......... Classes resume Feb. 20-23 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations Dec. 21, 9 p.m. g Term 1966-1967 2. ,jP*' a& 7 March 6 - F a y 22-27 ........ . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) /d , - #dl6, 7 ..........(Mon.) ..........Registration March 22, 9' p.m. . 'March 28, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.) May 28 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) S Welcome Week Seut. 6 ?r Term 196G1967 %-?4&. NOVEMBER 1966 S M T W T F S I I 1 ANUARY 1967 ( T W T F S -. OCTOBER 1966 S M T W T F S Easter recess begins . . . . . . Final examinations ........... Baccalaureate Service . . . . . . . . . . .Commencement ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20212223242526 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17181920212223 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22232425262728 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 JANUARY 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 MARCH 1968 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 APRIL 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Fall Term 1967-1968 S 2 9 16 23 30 DECEMBER S M T W 1 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 1719192021 24 25 26 27 2E 31 MAY 19t S M T W T 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . .Freshman Welcome ' Sept. 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.) . . . . ..Registration Aug. 30-Sept. 4 Sept. 5 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . ..Classes begin Oct. 19-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Homecoming Nov. 13-18 Winter Term 1967-1968 Nov. 27 Nov. 28 . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) . . . . . .Final . . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Classes begin . Dec. 20, 9 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas . Jan. 3, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Wed.) Feb. 19-24 Spring Tenn 1967-1968 examinations recess beg ..........Classes resume . . . . . . . .(Mom-Sat.) . . . . . .Final examinations ............(Mon.) . . . . . . . . . .Registration ............(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin April 10, 9 p.m. ....................Easter recess begins April 16 . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ..........Classes resume May 20-25 . . . . . . . .(Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Servic May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . * . .Commencement Mar. 4 Mar. 5 C 5 HISTORICAL SKETCH -- Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Min. neapolis, Minnesota, where a build,ing had been erected for its use. In the same year the . school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. Its aim was t o train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in grow. ing numbers in the pioneer set' tlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established .when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work alqng two lines, a classical course t o prepare students for theology, and a scientific course t o prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thorough- ly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 28 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Augsburg is making plans to celebrate its Centennial in 1969. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Executive Director of Lutheran So'cial Service of Minnesota and vice chairman of the Board of Regents, heads the Centennial Steering Committee. A Centennial Commission of eminent people around the world who are interested in Augsburg has been formed with Dr. Theodore Blegen, Dean Emeritus of the Graduate School, University of Minnesota and distinguished alumnus of Augsburg College, as Honorary Chairman. Actual observance of the Centennial will take place in the fall of 1969. Seven presidents have served GENERAL INFORMA7 7 Augsburg during the course of its history: August Weenaas . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . Suen Oftedal . . . . . . . . . . . . George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . H . N. Hendrickson (Acting) Bernhard Christensen . . . . Leif S . Harbo . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A . Anderson . . . . . . 1876-1907 1907-1911 1911-1937 1937-1938 1938-1962 1962-1963 1963present the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a co,mmon search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college stuAIMS AND O B J E C T I V ~ dents of high ability and genu- -ine religious concern who can Augsburg College is a Chrisreap the maximum benefit from tian liberal arts college of The a program of Christian higher American Lutheran Church. The education. faculty and the Board of ReTo provide a campus setting gents of the College affirm the that is conducive to the spiritual, following as their understandmental, moral and physical welling omf the aims, philosophy, obbeing of its students. jectives and character of this To stimulate its students' ininstitution. tellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and ULTIMATE AIMS skills necessary for sound acaTo contribute to the true good demic work. of human life and society. To acquaint its students with To contribute to the building the spiritual, cultural and intelof free and living congregations lectual riches of mankind, both in the community of the Chris- for the sake of the enrichment tian Church. of their own lives and, thro'ugh them, for the enrichment of their BASIC PHILOSOPHY homes and communities. The Christian message conTo lead its students to a deepcerning the redemptive act of er understanding and experience G& in Christ constitutes the of the Christian Gospel in its greatest potential for good in relati,on to every area of life human life and society; but this and learning. potential is realized only insofar To aid its students in disas it is actualized in the minds covering and clarifying their and hearts of individuals. peculiar aptitudes and interests, The redemption o,f the mind and t o provide training and constitutes the unique education- counsel that will asslist them al task laid upon the Christian in preparing for a life work apChurch; in seeking to relate all propriate thereto. learning t o the truth of the To aid its students in the deChristian faith, the Christian col- velopment omf Christian attitudes lege performs its greatest serv- and Christian qualities of charice both to the Church and to acter; and to encourage each society. student to look upon his life Where there is an atmosphere as a Christian vocation, and an of free and honest inquiry, truth opportunity for service t o God has the overwhelming advantage; and man. To confront our students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urbanized culture. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augs.burg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t,o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve th$ enduring values of this hekitage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administratio'n offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland 0.bservatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the sum- mer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Theta, previously a small dormitory house, was remodeled in the summer of 1965 and contains a number of offices. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled t o serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speeoh activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for t,he art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters 9 for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. The Studio Building was erected in 1964-65 as temporary Student Center. It will house the art department after completion of the college center. Alpha Pi, Beta Phi, Chi, Delta, Edda, Epsilon, Iota, Kappa, Lambda, Miriam, Omega, Omicron, Pi Mu, Rho, Sigma, Tau, Xi Phi and Zeta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. = = - - THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. -- - -- - LIBRARY FACILITIES The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains ab'out 65,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either o~f the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All boo~ks are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 500 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-0.f-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES -The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. 11 INANCIAL IRMATION A considerable part olf the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowments and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the schoo'l. TUITION I 1'ci 3' ,Q, The tuition charge for freshman students enrolling at Augsburg f n 1 the fall of 1966 will be $1,250. In order that students and t parents may plan their expendsitures for tuition with certainty, the college will guarantee the tuition rate a t $1,250 for each year the student is enrolled up t o five years from the date of enrollment. With normal progress the student can expect to complete his work in four years. However, the plan has been extended to five years to guarantee the tuition rate in the event that the student may lose un to a vear for illness, accident, or other causes. A Student Union fee of $15 a year is required of all full-time students. Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Personal expenses, such as books, clothing, entertainment, and transportation, vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add $300.00 to $400.00 for such items. BOARD AND ROOM RATE FOR 1966-67 WOMEN MEN Room (September through May) Board (September through May) Key and breakage deposit (refundable) TOTAL ROOM AND BOARD :': The charges for board, indicated above, are minimal charges. For those students who take most or all of their meals in the cafeteria: it may co'st up t o $325 for women and $450 for men. SPECIAL FEES $ l.0C Locker (per term) Application fee l0.0a Change of registration (after first three days of c l a s ~ ~ ~3 nr ~ Graduation fee 15.00 Improvement of reading course 25.00 Final examination taken a t an hour other than the one scheduled 5.00 Examination making up a n incomplete on a condition 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one, which is free) 1.OO Student teaching 20.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled 5.00 Com~rehensiveexamination.. per - credit, for students not 10.00 currently enrolled ,fl ,' 7 A , MUSIC FEES PER TERM A ' 3 1 Music majors: See under Department of Music Private leslsons d $ e r term) Organ rental (one hour per day) Piano or voice studio rental (one hour per day) .-4/d~o 0 12.00 5.00 METHODS OF PAYMENT Each student's charges for the academic year are determined in advance of the fall registration with deposits, scholarships, grants, and loans credited against the total bill. The remaining balance is paid as follows: 1/3 a t the time of fall registration, 1/3 a t the beginning of the winter term, and 1/3 due a t the beginning d the spring term. A time-payment plan is available for those who prefer more frequent and smaller payments. On this plan, after depas,its, scholarships, grants, and loans have been deducted from the total charges for the year, 20% of the remaining balance is due by September 2. The remaining 80% is due a s follows: 10% on October 1 and 10% on the first of each subsequent month with the balance due May 1. The service charge for this plan is $15. There is a fee of $1.00 for late payments. A student's transcript of credits and diploma are issued only after all bills are paid. Registration for a term is not permitted if there is a balance due from a previous term. REFUNDS If a student must cancel his registration, refunds of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as fdlows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book couponls. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illnes's during the first five weeks emf the term, the charge is one-half ,of the rate indicated above. Students required to enter military service will receive a full re- 13 fund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment are available at Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy o'f the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, P.O. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of enddrsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. --" .,.- I.. , -.- 15 ' SCHOLARSHIPS Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. Freshmen are not eligible for this program. SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon'ors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.75 (B minus average). Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school perfomrmance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational osbjective. Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. With this award a stipend of $600 is provided for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in amount from $100 t~ $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Upper-class Schohrships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with a grade point average of 3.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, s,ophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scho'larship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scho'larship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying chohal music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memo'ry of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the seni,or class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scho,larships are awarded annually to able and d'eserving junior or senior students. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships eaoh year to deserving students from other c,ountries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapoli's in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount oaf $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. 17 The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members o'f the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promi'se of achievement in the field of physical education. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount omf $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory olf Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Cthoir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subj'ect in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to fres'hman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, bus!iness administrator o'f the c,ollege from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems oP social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social !&mice Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors d ~e Lutheran faith who are enro1,led in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a s'tudent's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne SoLberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her delth in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Sollberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton' Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. 19 The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award d variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was establislhed in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undeslignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship ommittee selects students who are able and deserting. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundations' Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possiible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald d Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes to study a t Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway sek up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 to 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field af chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 t o 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a stu- dent whose academic backgro,und indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augslburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was esbablished in 1963. This annual award is made to a studen,t whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of ohemistry. GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus d Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects d graduate study. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory olf George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is *awardedannually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and abi1,ity who pl,ans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. 21 GRANTSIN-AID STUDENT EMPLOYMENT Grants-in-aid are available to students in good ,standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assis,ts studen.ts in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Augsburg College seeks t o enroll students who are genuinely interested in and can beneflt most from the program of Christian higher education which it offers. ADMISSIO: APPLICATION PROCEDURE as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school, and preferably-before ~ ~ r1 ipreceding i the fall in which the student 8ad@tislsfon,The cb* date for making applica4lon for sent to a student as soon as the application is complete. Instructions for applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application for admission by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 ( cript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or cdleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results #ofstandardized tests taken. (3) The Schtolastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the Gollege Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write t o College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT. -J r those ndmitted! thereater, lt is thin tw ES of notification d acceptance. Preference in the assignment d campus housing will be determined by the order in which the $100 tuition deposits are received. (5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required. I ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high schml, type d course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendati~onsare impontant factors in considering a n application f,or admissi0.n. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high sohool graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. 23 It is recommended that a student have a leasast12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a Lreign Ianu a g e , social studies, mathematics, and s c i e n c ~A-unit is defined as a course coverirlg one academic year and e q u i v a I g Lo-gt IczJhoursof classworlr. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and rZurned to' the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received befolre the student will be permitted to register. i TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and u they are in golod standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total grade point average is computed on the basis of transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maxium of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a j u n i o r - \ Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in cwrses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided~theyreceived a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. MPUS There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, labolratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need t o be supplemented by other than academic 6orces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate d an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance olf a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in whioh it is nourished should lvot seek to be enrolled a t Augsburg. 25 THE CHAPEL SERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE Introduction At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies not only a relationship to the person of Christ, but also a relationship 4'0 people, to events, and to things. The fact thhat God nolt only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the who,le man. It follms that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. The recreational program must be in the context of, and congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effective Christian life in the world. The Program In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts and seeks to offer a varied recreational and social program. The social program includes a number of organized all-school events combined with many less-structured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in $he Twin Cities area. In seeking to devdop a colnstructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or consumption ,dalcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event. Stud,ents are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and t o follm it as members of the college community. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed un- desirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a facultystudent Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean olf Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. RELIGIOUS PROGRAM The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg co~mmunity. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meeltings, and informal group meetings and discussions. This Commission al'so serves as a coordinating ageacy for all voluntary Chri,stian organizati,ons on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Fellowship. The SCF seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlmet for Christian faith and life. student,^ participate in regional and natio'nal Lutheran Student Association cuf America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES Students are given many opportunities for a varied social and recreational program at Augsburg. Teas, banquets, all-sohml parties, dances, picnics, and talent shows are some of the activi,ties students enjoy throughout the year. Tradi.tiona1 highlights d the social program are Homecoming, Sno Days, and the formal Junior-Senior Banquet. The major social planning for the campus is handled by the Program Commission of the Student Society. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. 27 Recreational facilities such as pool, table games, and ping-po'ng are available in the Studio Building. Student Activity Cards pennit students to attend 'home athletic events, and all on-campus dramatic and musical programs performed by Augsburg Cdlege groups. MUSIC AND THE FINE ARTS Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapoli,s Institute o,f Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access t,o large collections d historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for olther University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theater. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student So'ciety consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense d community, folstering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consisits of seven commissioners-each responsible to the president ffcrr one of the major areas d student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vike-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own qficers and harticipates in student government through its representatives on $he council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Asisociatim, the largest representative national uni'on of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and &her organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projeots of interest t o the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of fre~~hmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides olpportunity for the women t o develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims t o create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages parrt,icipation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a natieonal organization. The college nmspaper, The A u g s h g Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves a~,a voice of the student body as well as a medium d information. It prwides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalisltic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and t$heEcho. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications. ef .L The .A ' 9' Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student editor in conjunction with :he Office 4f Student Personnel Services. The Auggie is a d&ectory of studenlb, 'staff, and faculty and is published under the direction d the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united t o form clubs. CO-CURRICULA PROGRAM 29 Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed a s the occasion demands. The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the s'tudents' creative urge in the field of art and t o promote an interest in art. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. Augsburg College Chil'dren's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and nati,onal politics, and in other human-relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportuni,ty to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A a t Augsburg. The aim of this organizatimon is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in the biological sciences. The Business Club draws membership from ,the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign sand American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people d various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activilty a t Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members d the club represent Augslburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club ils composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, ant and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students a t Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints 'ts memfbers with the vocation off the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interes)t in various fields of psychology. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers t o its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers far public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in vari,ous forms olf writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Memb'ership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the clhoir goes on tour each year to various pal;ts osf the United States and occasionally to Canada. In 1965 it toured Norway and otiher countries in Europe. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also Instrumental Ensembles and a Repertoire Band. MUSICAL ORGANIZATIOl 31 The Augsburg College Choral Club participates in school programs and concerts, sings at various churches in the Twin Cities area, and makes short tours in the vicinity. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra performs frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, bennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development d student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character a s sdf-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational gola1 or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must eitmher contribute directly to this goal or be camplementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student , I!' 33 spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such a s self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation o t high-grade pe~.rformanceon the part d both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or obher co-curricular acrtivities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place d a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in cevtain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations should check eligibility olf candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probabion may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible (to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not in(clusive and other activi,tiesmay be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who h a w earned a 3.5 grade point average accumulative are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made at the Registrar's Office at the beginning of the sem&er in which the student is eligible. %~7/ Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization t o recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular aotivities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 o'r better in the previous .pmeskz of work a t Augsburg /PC.~ College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually t o the student who is judged t o be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented t o the college as a prize to arouse interest in orabory. The name omf the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. 35 STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services t o students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The admtinistration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if at all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health, financial prolblems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and eauh new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems olf adjuskment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office ol the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have perslonal pro~blemsare encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands pro~fessionalskill, the student is referred t o the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Physician. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classe~s,inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered fo'r interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervisi'on of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achieve'ment, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary roioms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. HOUSING AND FOO,D SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director 37 of Residences for Women, the head residents, and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource pewlme for these counselors and handle cases referred t o them. g at hame are rfifl I the Student Personnel Office. All stud'ents living in the residences and most students in off-campus h,ousin,gtake their meals in the cdlege dining room. The college al.so provides a number of houses for women with a cooperative house plan. Residence ha1l:s are open t o students a day before regular schedules beoome e'ffective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students whjo wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, .towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. B,ed linens and bowels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. Thi,s service is required of all women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen smvice is available to o'ther students. Students engage a rood- ~t the bc~inninrrfdthe fall term for the entire school vear, i room h S~UOflice h n cannot play the fee by that time must be *.*-J m. sure t o make arrangements with the Treasurer's Office by May 15 for later payment of the room depotsit. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date alle automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. r All men living in Memorial Hall are required t o pay a $16 key and breakage fee at th'e beginning olf each school year. At the end ,dthe year the fee is refunded if the condition olf the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free to graduating sen,iors. Alumni seeking the services oP the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. COORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning d student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program o~fstudent activities is a primary responsibility o'f the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin d events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel 0,ffice. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Director of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the C o m ~ i s s i o n on Student Organizations. 39 - FpU,pwing are the requirements for Arts degree A-urg College: ,L,,,,,A,.A ..Aththe Bachelc- ADMINIST , I, e r a 1 Educat Requirement? GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of oore and distribution requirements as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 credits History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Physical Education 1, 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. credit Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 4 credits Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 credits Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 credits Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits - 7&<A /Mf 3 / LFL-~, -5 N L ~ - ( <-&-- dLLd 4- -'< The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman ycar&eligion 21 is required in the sopl~omoreyear. It is recornmended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. Cc- A The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined 5y proficiency examinati~ons.The student is required t o have the quivalent of four terms of a foreign language for pduation, that course B, two terms of the ,beginnj ems of the inter ~ e d i a t elevel course. n the natural sciences, two chemistry, mathe mati-, or physics satisfy he requirement. It is recoaltnenriei , or 13 in the first cc a 41 I . - the option of taking Philosophy of Science for bhe second course. For the fine arts requirement, students may select Music 30 or Art 1. Philosophy 21 is designed to meet the philosophy requirement. 30 Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Ikonom- ol 8.3 ics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature may be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literalture course by permission of the instructor. The following majors are offered: Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek +Physical Education Health and Physics hysical Education Political S ~ i e n c e History Psychology Mathematics Religion Medical Technology Scandinavian Studies Music Social Sciences Natural Science Sociology Philosophy Spanish Speech C B Students are required to make application for the major t o the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except El'ementary Education and Medical Telchnology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the /A!/ Av*4.,.Ad 1 , 1J I. A',- sophomore ye~arand must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as f,ollows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79 Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average + GRADE VALUES . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit .... Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES .A cotldilirl~l - . . . . . . or . . .an . . incorrlj~letereceive< at the end r ~ hif terrli must be removed within the -firs,t five weeks olf classes osf the following .term. If conditions and incolnp!eies-are not ~'emoveclwithin five weeks d the following term, the condition auton~nticallybecomes a failure and the incol-r~~lete' - . becomes .the grade submitted by the t-eicher filj6ng wi tI; the IncompIelc. The final gr:lde after the conldition examinatinn is t,al&n Inty not I,)e 1ligiler than y). A fee olf $5 is-charged . f@ an exatninaiion making _up_-% incomplete'~or a condition received a t the end of a term. *, 43 I ns established by the school. credi't will be given a student for any subject for which he has college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there ot 'sufficient registration. ,A credit hour is normal- tion accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are ach change of registration aftel fee of $2 i s charge three days of class4 course may be added after *"' - ancelled durll16 the first four weeks ur u a a a c c Eollowed by W. Af.ter the first four weeks and before the last ree weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a gra is passing and WE if he is failing the course 1 'udent who finds it necess'ary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION ying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which n. c l . < , : I a t .: , , is based on of credit hours with a t least twice that u ! , r c Sophomore Junior Senior ,--ents are cl,,,.,.,. rtntion ......each- Credits 36 84 130 Grade Points 72 168 260 Students registered Po'r less than 12 credits are cl~as.s~ified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL k A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The Polllowing guidelines are used in placing a student on probation: First-year students with a grade point average d 1.5 or belolw Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or bellow Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits olf F. In order to be remtoved from probation, a student must achieve a grade point avepage of 2.1 or better for at least one term. Lv will be dropped for low scholarship. I -- CLASS ATTENDANCE B@.ar class attendance is required of all students in lolwer divicourses is Wwt #on courses, hndaxpce in upper for iuniors aad s a r i unlers r e ~ W bu the of'% a In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are su~bmittedto the Registrar. S,tudenks whlo find it necessary to be absent because .of illness or for other seasons should report the.reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may ob,tain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. 45 S&denh with an excessive number of absences not excused by the ,, tpFher be dropped from *ha course with a af: F, I Absences for tours, field trips, and othe~r'instructor-arranged activities are cleared with t,he Dean of the C'ollege. Lists of participants, with information as to exact perimods absmt, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is sftill responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immedi,ately t o the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permiasi~onfrom the Dean of the College to take a final examinatimon at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged s fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this commititee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Offioe of the Registrar. A fee olf $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is oharged o ft-r ta in aavatace, mmmaflan ,h& and lawf answers WI" ~ e g w t r a f pOffice. UR: By - arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students ma: nust not exceed 1 1 . n e ~ t s ~ s ~ 8 ( 1 a t t a College and counted towards graduation. pe twmferred to Prugsburg 47 COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1966-68 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING. OF C0,URSES Courses numdered below 50 are lower d,ivision courses; those numbered above 50 are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores; 50-74 for j~mirrrs;and 7r599 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS shown are in terms olf quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a Four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and min~orrequirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department d English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech [3 DIVISION cd NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Department of Health and Physical Education Department of Mathematics Department o,f Physics DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Paul G. Sonnack, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion PA;/ L QC/~, C ~ O ha.? ~ A DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Department of History Geography Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOLDER The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. DEPARTMENT OF ART In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student art work for exhibition purposes. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 94. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84. Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1 disc. Fall, Spring, 1966.67. Winter, 1967-68.1 49 2 *,&3', p.acA-+x?orids. :diz~fl #' . 4 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 14 double Fall, Spring, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs. Winter, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1987-68.1 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1966.67. Fall, Spring, 1967-68.1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . . . . . . 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. [4 double labs. Winter.] 51 CERAMICS II 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. C4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Spring.] 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq. : Ilt, 18. Spring, 1966-67.1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. [2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 67 PRINT MAKING I 4 crs. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Fall.] 68 PRINT MAKING II 4 crs. Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs. Prereq. : 12,67. Spring.] 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, or fiberglass. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 21. Winter, 1966-67.Bprhg, 1967-68.1 83 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to modern. [Winter, 1966-67. Spring, 1867-68.1 94 STUDIO Ill 4 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art major will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [4 double labs. Prereq. : second course in the studio area and# .I - - / U MR. NASH, chairman, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. SULERUD, MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. D E P A R m OF BIOLOGY All students who plan to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. The graduation major given below requires a minimum number of these supporting courses. Students who intend to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation should follow the appropriate recommendations. Recommended specific four-year programs for such students are given under Curriculums in this catalog as are programs for pre-dental, prenursing, and medical technology students. Major: 46 credits, including 11, 12, 51, 68 or 74, 71 or 73, 91; and 16 additional credits in biology; Uhem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) , 61, 52; Math. 13, 14 or equivalent. For students preparing for graduate school: The graduation major plus Physics Zl, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. For students preparing for medical school: 36 credits, including 11, 12, 51, 91; and a t least three of 64, 68, 71, 73, 74. Also required: Chem. 52, 53,61; Math. 41, 42; Physics 21,22,23. #o For students preparing for secondary school teaching: .A& credits, including 11, 12, 51, 56, 67, 91; and &additional credits in biology;+2;) '(0 A' Chem. 2+5& This gives the recommended chemistry minor. A chemistry or other science minor is required with a biology major for a Minnesota Teacher's Certificate. Minor: 30 credits, including: 11, 12; and 18 additional credita in biology; (Ihem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6). Biology 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. 5, 5 crs. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in science or mathematics. Credits do not apply toward a major or minor in biology. C4 lect., 1 double lab. Must be taken in sequence. 1,Fa,Spring. 2, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses. [2 lect., 2 double lab. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 5 crs. 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 51 UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. The study of bacteria, viruses and a few other human pathogens, their characteristics, role and control, especially in the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses. [3 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 3. Winter, Spring.] W 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For science and mathematics majors. First term: cellular and molecular biology, vertebrate anatomy and physiology, genetics, and evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: relationships of organisms. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Must be taken in sequence. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] W 5 1 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosophila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. 15 lect., I double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] W 53 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1966-67.1 56 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities, a reciprocal rela- tionship between organism and environment. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1966-67.1 W 64 MICROBIOLOGY 6 crs. An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Chem. 23 or 51 strongly recommended. Fall.] 66 MINNESOTA FLOWERING PLANTS 6 crs. Field collecting and classifying some of the flowering plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq. : 12. Spring, 1967-68.1 H 67 PLANT MORPHOLOGY AND MORPHOGENESIS 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1967-68.1 H 68 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect. 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Winter.] H 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Uhem. 23 o r 52. Fall.] -791 H 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, L*//l / ,,L, ' . and Chem. 23 o r 52. Winter.] H 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consideration of the experimental as well as descriptive approach to the development of animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] H 91 SEMINAR 0 crs. Juniors and seniors working toward a major in biology are required to participate in bi-weekly discussions on topics of current biological interest. [Fall,Winter, Spring.] ,.jy f44pdd,;, , & &A /-2 w t ( ; ~ 9 - 4 dc//a I ,is))-t MR. HEMMINGSON, chairman, MR. BUDGE, MR. HADJIYANIS, MISS LUND Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. Major: 61 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23, a,58 o r 91 o r 92; and either Bus. Ad. 62, 63, 81, 83 for the accounting specialization, or 41, 73, 78, 79 for the finance specialization. Soc. 61 also required. ' DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATI' ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS --97u 7 JA *: A Minor: 26 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Econ. 22, 23; a n d two courses from Bus. Ad. 41, 62, 63, 73. Other combinations m a y b e allowed by permission. H 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 53 W 3 1 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. CFall.1 41 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital xtrwturcs of fi~rsinessorganizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising nnd cnnmo1 of sl~orl~ and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prercq.: X, 2. Fn811.3 JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.] 1 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] W 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short- and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 41. Spring.] W 78 INVESTMENTS 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Winter, 1967-68.1 1 79 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE Basic mathematical techniques used in 5 crs. financial analysis. [Spring, lM7-68.1 W 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with emphasis on management control. [Prereq. : 1, 2. Fall, 1967-68.1 1 82 TAX ACCOUNTING 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 1 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 40 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Kcon. 22, 25, 51, 51, ant1 three courses from 52, 53, 91, 92. Soc. H I n k n r~qnired.Math~rmatlcs through course 43 is highly recommended Zor tl~oscrpInnning Irn ~ i u l u n t e study in economics. Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, and three courses from 51, 52, 53, 58, 91, 92. 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. 'Micm. 'ant1 mac.meronr~ntic!l h ~ o s ycxamincr7 with the analytical tools of econnmics. Topics include rleterminaiion of the level of national income ant1 employment, rnrlnpy and hnnlting, monetary-fiscal policy, econonllcs of Ihc firm, prwluci and rcsouscc pricing and allocation, etc. dEwm++% Spring.] 1 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: UPPER DIVISIOI 23. Fall.] 1 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations as to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 1966.67.1 1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or #. Spring.] 1 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 1967-68.1 W 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq. : 22 o r #. Fall.] 1 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 1 95 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-2 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses are planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. 55 Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad. 1, 2; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect four other credits in the business field. I I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] I 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. C4 hours. Fall, Winter.] I I0 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION,AND 4 crs. RECORDS MANAGEMENT Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit dilplic~ting muchines. An introduction to and application of basic principles rif filing and organization of records in the office. 14 hours. l'mreq.: 1 ar equiv. Spring.] I 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Funrlam~ntals uE G r c a shorfhnncl (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis Introduction to transcription. on thcory, reading and writing sl~orLl~and. Not open to sf.udenls tvho [law had onr year of shorthand in high school, f 5 h u r s . I'rercq.: I ur eqnlv, E I R . I 11 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing material dictated at speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.] PPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Winter.] W 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] I 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] I 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. CSpring.1 MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. ,OOFFMAN, MR. HOLUM, MR. LYLE DEPARTMENT OF It is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. i Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to major in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff at the earliest possible time. Major: 41 credits. Strongly recommended are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. For those planning to teach ch ' try in high school, the major will 21. 22, 23: Chem. 15. 16 (or include Math. 13 and 14, or l&%ysics 5, 6), 51, 52, 53, 61, and 'one of 62, 81, or 83.' 54,3'5 c 4 4' Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16,,53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 23 credits. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. % Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] &W -* Fm 6, 6 crs. 5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY For non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. An intensive course for majors in chemistry and pre-medical students; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative 57 UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 23 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 crs. Designed for medical technology and other students who desire less than the very intensive year-course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 3 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 5 or 15. Spring.] 5 I , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6- ,. b- crs. -- -Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs: Prereq. :6 or 16.51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 5 or 6 crs. 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. C4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.] 6, 6 crs. 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, so tions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, lab. Prereq.: 53, Math. &. 61 Fall. and colloids. [3'lect., 3 &hour 62, Winter.] 5 Y ~ J 23 ~b. 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used; as chromatography intraduced. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq..>62, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.] & 72 QUANTUM MECHANICS 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrsdinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems, magnetic resonance. [4 lect. Prereq.: 61 or #. Winter.] 81 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. C4 lect., 1 four-hour lab. Prereq.: 62 or #. Fall.] . 83 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY AND SPECTROSCOPY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectro photometric, electrc+analytical, and chromatographic techniques. C3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 53, 62. Spring.] 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. COLACUI, chairman, MR. HELGELAND The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Classics, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. 59 . . . . 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq.: 12. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 JPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1, 52 N E W TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Winter, 52, Spring, 1966-67. 51, Fall, 52, Winter, 1967-88.1 46, 54. 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 0 &&, 3 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the synactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. C196667 .I , ..,'I : -[,: '.' I ?fL3*' 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. Survey of the classical period. [Prereq. : 52. Spring.] LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered onIy if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor map be comflrted al the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman al: Augsburg.. . Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered at Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered abeve 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study d Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading and parsing of selections from Caesar's "Gallic War," St. Augustiie's "Confessions" and Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall, . . Spring; 4, Winter, 1966-67. 3, Spring, 4, Fall, 1967-68.1 JPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VIRGIL 5 crs. Selections from Virgil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] See under Departmemt of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MRS. HANSON, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be awwroved bv the Committee on Teacher Etlucation. Application must be made d;ring the second semester of the sophomore-year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement. E& mentary candidates are required to-have a 2.5 g?acle point-averagc :FC.rTgc sc c oi311 ry IFlie i r al:inT- FOnEijiid i{>y-?idx b c G r ~ i ~ s ~ E 1 i s 1 - h i v2.5 c in their-proposcd m r l jnr--and a-$.fl-- &rrall a\.Pl'ilr~.' f i t i c l i r 1 : 1 1 ~ ~r t 3 r.Fl'lilit:a Iion In rlimenI:i~-y xnrl srconcl:iry cdu~€3fiz5.re als9 required to make application for student teaching during the junior year. ~ & ~ % c n t s for student leaclilng- are: 2.5 ~ : _ l . + d ~ p o i ~ t . average in the malor. nntl W o F l X I - a. . ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Major: credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required : Psych. 5 ; Hist. 21,W W,w; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 0 crs. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 52, 5 3 , 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.] 1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools : philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS See under Department of Art. 4 crs. . 61 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: t MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 66. Spring.1 $lU H 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS 6 crs. Ol?jeclivrs :untl tcr:lir~icl~rr:sin lhc I : ~ n ~ t ! i l ;u'ls: ~c lisfcning, speaking, writing, and ~~cacling. hpplivalion of l>rhnciplcsOF le:~~.ninfi in acquisition oF sltills, inIr.lhesls, ;IT l ii 4 ~ r l e s . P:xn~ninalinns of morlrrn tllethods and r n i h c ~ i n l s . IPrrr~rl.:O5, 513. tQbU, BprItig. 196fM7. SptaBlg, 196'7-68.1 1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 4 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] W 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE 15 crs. St.urlrnl spcnris Icn tvt?elis i l l Ihe cl;iss~'oun~, ~tssistingthe rcgtil:~rleachcr, and do in^ actl~;tlIcuching. S~rl~t~rvisiorl is r:arriccl onl: by 111scnoperal, ing I.eacher ;lntl lhc c':ollcge slam. 'I'his is lollowctl by onc wcclr UI seminar wi Ui discussion nf problcrns ~ n c r ) u n t c ~ cind I f ~ r -rlassronin. ~ [rra.req.: #. Willtor, IDtifl-07. IG:di, Wlrltrr, fW7-UB.1 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 4 oJ P"(~ 4 crs. Study of litcl.illure suitable 1.0 11-tr olcrncnla~y scl~ool cilild. Role of literature in thin cl:issrtron~,i r ~life oritsirlrb oC sch(7nl. Exfe~lsivt-areading and evalu;lt.ior~ol' vhilrll-cli'w buolts, compiling bi hliogrnphy. I L'r~req.: 55, 56 or #. Fall, S l r r i n ~ ,lVW.U7. Sllrulg, IR(i7-nB. 1 W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate shirlcnts :Ire required to compl~fr!28 r:~.edilsin professional education ctnlrhscs invlurting 50, 52, 53, 54, 59- 83, 84, 87. All students must register 101. lhrcc Irl-nls ol' Group Activity lEclucati<)n 52, 53, 54). Secondary crlucnticr~r stiiilrnls must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 0 cr. H 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq.: M). Spring.] W 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND 4 crs. JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. CPrereq. : 50. Spring.] 1 83 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. CPrereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] W 84 STUDENT TEACHING 10 crs. Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] 8 7 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] 1 91 TEACHING OF HOME ECONOMICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of home economics. [Fall, 1966-67.1 W 99 TOPICS 2 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and resents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, A d future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective ,management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. W 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, inclcding cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] 63 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques d selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Charactel-Jstlcs and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of b k lists, book talb, ~tary-tellingand a wide exposure to inclfvidual titles of books and ~ a t e materials. d Emphasis on preparaklon of papers and bibliographies. C3 l e a k F a 1 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.] 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. RER(;STROM, MKS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MR. HANSON, MISS LARSON, MISS LUAIAEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS P1~~1~1~:1180N, 3lIC.S. '1'Rl\lT'i'Wb:tN is to develop thc student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literaturc, to acquaint him with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his' appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Teaching major for secondary schools: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Crcdits ill sn~~crli are also required for certification. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and at least one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 4.5, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus course 55 in addition to those listed [or the minor. 47 fl* 5- 3- factory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Course 11 is prerequisite to 12; course 1 2 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. 4 crs. I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository essays and selected short stories. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5 crs. 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of such types of literature as drama, poetry, novel. [Fail, Winter, Spring.] 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. [Winter.] 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. An advanced course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITI,ON 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 65 W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the qenaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 5 crs. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 865 Fall.] I/ lJPpER DIVISION COURSES +/a,0% si' CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] 1 5 2 W 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. A study of modern English structure, viewed from a historical perspective, with extensive reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics. [Spring.] W 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers fro'm the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. : 35. Fall.] 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. : 35. Winter.] 72 MODERN FICTION 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter, 1967-68.1 W 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Winter, 1966-67.1 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Spring, 1967-68.1 W 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative works of selected American novelists from the beginning to the present. [Spring, 1966-67.1 H 84 SHAKESPEARE 5 crs. Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Other plays assigned for reading. [Prereq.: 47. Spring.] 1 86 MILTON ."' 4 crs. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the in- . tellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61. Spring, 1967-68.1 88 CHAUCER 4 crs. Study of Chaiucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Can3 , 3, 3, crs. American studies; 92, studies in criticism. 90 and 92 open to English majors and minors of junior or senior rank; 91 open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. [SO, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 9 5 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. MR. ANDERSON, ohairman, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. P F E F F E R , MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. DEpARmT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 1, 2, 3, 11 o r 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 or 13, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 62, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 o r 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 82, 59, 71, 72, a n d Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 83, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10) 31, and Biol. 6. 67 Cvaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are required to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. . . . . 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Fall, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. L2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. C10 hrs. per wk. Spring.] 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs, per week. Fall.] 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreationd activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, rnodjRed gmea, simple rhythmic games, folk and square danc- ing. Iff hrs, per wk. mmter.1 W 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. . . . . History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.] 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. C5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq.: Biol. 6. Fall.] 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 57 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 69 5 9 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS , ,,,\U'' ?>// I I 1' I/ ' 2 crs. Method3 and mntcrinls. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Erliicatlon. Separate sections for men and women. I spring.l 6 2 COMMUNITY RECREATION 4 crs. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. [Fall.] 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] 1 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 1 73 SCHOOL HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION 5 crs. Principles and curriculum of school health and safety education. [Spring.] 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] ~ 7 - 4 8Ooi.rn-~J DEPARTMENT OF MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR.'GISSELQUIST, MRS. JENSEN, MR. LAUE, MR. OLSON MR. GUSTAFSON, The Department of H i d a y aims to introduce studcnts to the sludy of histmy as an Intclleclunl discipline; to prepnre studcnte, for secondmy teaching and gr:tduatc worlc; tn dccpcn atucl~nts'understanding and ap precintion or t h e i ~own and other civilizations: anif fo enhance shrclcnts cffrcIiveness as cnnlribui ing mcrnbers of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. 1 , 2 , 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD 4, 4, 4 crs. SETTING Western civllizatlon from lis b e m n i n m in t.tre Ancient Nznr East Po the prr?sr?nt. Other great world civilizations and their relatifinship to the West are surveyed. Cnursc L carr-ics 1Rc survey In 1300; coursc 2, to 1815; nnd course 3, lo the prescnt, becumes a survey 01 world civilbation. Sludcnts m a y take any one. m y two, or nll three courses. [All off e r d eeclb Zarm.1 2 1, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY 5 , 5 crs. The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. [21, Fall, Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] . 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. See under Department of Modern Languages. JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 55 CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES The United States from 1900 to the present. [Fall.] 4 crs. W 56 AMERICAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 4 crs. The development of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. [Spring.] W 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on nm-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.] 4 crs. 58 THE MODERN MIDDLE EAST Breakup of the Ottoman Empire, rise of Arab nationalism and modern Zionism, and development of new national states. Survey of cultural institutions. Continued interest of the major world powers in this area. [Spring. I W 61 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizaticms and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] W 62 ENGLAND TO 1714 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 4 crs. W 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] W 68 HISTORY OF CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE 1850 4 crs. The traditional institutions within Chinese and Japanese societies, Wesb ern impact, political and social changes, diplomatic and military crises of the twentieth century. [Winter.] \ W EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's to 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands lor chan~e.[Fall.] 4, 4 crs. W 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the nm-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 4 crs. W 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Spring.] 3 crs. W 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GEOGRAPHY W 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography fallowed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. 71 LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 1 MR. HAUGSBY, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD The Department of Mnth~lnatics~timsto develop Ihr! slndcnt's knowledge and skill in tlrc tn:l,jnr branchrs oC rlemcnlary a11d h i g h ~ rmathematics, an appreciation ol jls cullural ant1 pl'acticnl trali~es,and the background for teaching and for plu~lcssional and m.adu;ttr study. See under Uurriculums for suggested course of study. 1 3, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A terminal course in mnthcmntics will? sufTicied r:ontenl to pt-epnrc [or caleuIus. An:ilaytia geometry, almiracl nlgcl>ra, logic, mathcrrlalical stalistics, differ~nlialand intc,pal cnlculus. [ Frcrcq. : 3 yrms of IdgIi schml mntl~e~na tic?^. 13, Fall, WinCr. 14, Winter, Nl1rhr.1 19 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 5 crs. 'I'renlmcnt of college algebra with work in annlytic ~eonlctry,modern algebra ancl math&ntzticnl st~tististlcs.Intended for stuienls wit11 a ~mcl rnathcmatical backcround but who do not mler calcult~sdil+r?ctlv.Studcnls mny not rccclve ctaedll r01. this cutrrsc if they have credit for 13, 14. LProrq. : Higiler A l ~ e h mand mntliematlcs plm~rncnt kst. Fall, Wlntnr. I 4 1 , 4 2 , 4 3 CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY 5, 5, 5 crs. Topics of the elcments of plane and solid analytic geometry integrgted with diffcren4inl and internal calculus inclciding calculus of sevcral variallEcs, npplications, nnd scries, rPmroq.: 111 clr 1fi or 4 y r R . N.S. math ant1 mntl?. placement test. 4 I , IblI, WlnCor. 48, \VirltPr, S p r h ~ 43, . Spring, Fa,Il.1 P P E R DIVISION WURSES . 56 BASIC CONCEPTS O F ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary diFPercnPia1 equations with applications, series solutions, sysk m s of dilerential equal.ions; solution by special transforms; numerical meihods; and an int~oduclionto partial differential equations. [Prereq.: 43. Winter.] 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory a r e stressed a s tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA The basic algehl-:iic systclns p r ~ s c n t e diron1 an ;ibstract point of view. Topics include t h ~t t ~ c n r y ol' glntrps, rinb:h, f i r l r i s , vector spaces and A drvclnpment of the real and modules, and line:11' I~h:msfoi~r~~;itions. complex numbcr syslib~~ I S . Il'rw+r,tl. : 13. 72. W~II~PI.. 73, Spring.] 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq.: 43, U h k w . I + 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real'and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.] 92 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-4 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. 1*'1k11, Wi~lt~S r .I I P ~ ~I I R . ,-/ f.. cd , , . L , . :7 P , , , . . . ' t l (, .. .,,.. <' , ((,,!, -., 6 , s MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. LANDA, c l ~ a i r ~ n a nMISS , AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MISS BINFORD, MR. CANNON, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MRS. NASHAN, MISS ROZENTALS DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching a t the junior and senior high school level and for graduate study. Thc beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. TWOterms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. 73 FRENCH . Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, G4, 72 or 74, 84. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience jn understanding, speaking, and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and laboratory assignments. [I, Fall, Winter. 2, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3,4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading, and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Winter, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1 I gb 5 fOj' A.NJ 1 4 ~ JPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Cnnlinu~s Lrniniog in cornprphrnsir~n, vonversxtion ant1 wading skills with g~.trmm:jr revirw a s a metlns to accuracy and facility in oral and ivriilen rxpl*esslr>n.Cflnss disc~~ssion, sclrclrrl rr:itlit\g, and lal~orato~y n ~ ~ ~ e wr i it ,a ~<:u:ium~~ r n j ~ a s i sR, P ~ L I ~ Y Wfor I contin~in. s ( d y in FI-cnct~.I Prcrr:~.:2 or rquir. 5. Fn11, S l w i n ~ .0, Urintet, 19M-67. Fall, Winter, 1%G7-GB.1 . 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. LPrereq.: 6 or #. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. Thc study of mnjnr French authors nnrl literary movements in France, tvilll Ihr rendlng nf w l i n l ~literilly wnrlts where possible. Lectures, disruasion, oral iind rvrillrn reports in Ihc language. Both terms required f o ~ the major: one term minimum for the minor. [Prereq. : 65 or equiv. . 63, Paall. E l , W)ntor.l 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lec- ture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 or #. Spring, 1966-67.1 H 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. CPrereq.: 63, 64 or #. Spring, 1967-68.1 H 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND 5 crs. COMPOSITION Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55. Fall, 1967-68.1 i #3 [YL, H 9 1 DIRECTED READINGS 4-5- crs. Study within a given topic or genre for enrichment or, if necessary, to replace French 72 or 74. Offered in any term, but no more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 63, 64, or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84. H 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for a reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Winter. 4, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. CPrereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory recommended. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq. : UPPER DIVISIO COURSES 6 or equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 5, 5 crs. H 63, 64 SURVEY AND REPRESENTATIVE READING From the beginnings up to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. Both terms for majors; one minimum for minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Fall. 64, Winter.] 75 W 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. For teachers and majors. [Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1 W 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of outstanding dramatic works in thr; vario~nrepresentalive periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, imprcssionfsm, expressionism). For teachers and majors. [Prereq.: R3, 64 or nq~flv.Upring, 1967-68.1 W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq.: 55. Fall, 1967-68.1 91 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1 -3 (11s I--5--c r s . May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary, and for enrichment. It is suggested that no student register for al.l-&ve c edits 4 2 c e z, , D!/rz, c . within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. . Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN 5, 5 crs. Introduction of thc four basic language skills: speaking, listening, rending, ant1 writing. Skcss m spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, 2, WInter, Plprlng.1 m. 4, 4 crs. 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN A terminal course Tor sllrilcnis not Intending to conCinuc with Norwegiarr lnnguagc study. Vocahulaly building <andstudy of syntax through extensivr rcadings in Norwegian Iitel'ah~re. Sotnp cxzcricnce in oral rxprcssion. [lyrereq.: 2 ar cqui\+. 3, Fall, 4, Wintrr.1 4, 4 crs. 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued convct-sation and compsiiion to further comprehension and facility of expression. Sclccterl rendil~gsin Nonvegian used as Ilnsis for class discussion and cxercfses. RI-iel litcraturc silrvcy. I,ahorato~y ~ w l ' k expected. I Prereq.: L or eqr~iv,5, I W l . 6, Wlnter.1 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 1967-68-1 W 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1967-68.1 W 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND UPPER DIvIsIor OOURSES COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensiv~practice in spoken Norcveginn with emphasis on pronunciation and odgiual composition. Somc attention given to regional variations h spokrn Norwegian and to diifewnces between the two official Ictnguagcs of Norway. Labraloly work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the d e ~ a r t m ~ n t chairman. [Spring.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC W 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 1966-67.1 1 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk, and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures will stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. - [Spring, 1966-67.1 1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1967-68.1 91 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall, 0[it i; J7P , b. i yt,.3~t- Winter, Spring.] SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72 or 74, 84. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work an inteffral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 3,4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4.4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, ?n:;//,:j,-" --id ;* I Jf r Fall, Winter, Spripg. 4, Winter, Spring.] 1 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings with cultural emphasis for class discussion in Spanish. Further laboratory work. 77 C' t',- / -"r,i,r] ylrk Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION CXXJRSES . . 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq.: 6 o r equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. h shidy of rcpmsentrrtive authors in Spanish litemture, supplcmentctl by lcclures on Ihf Iitcrnry movPrnPnts ant1 development or Spanish literature. Lectures, disctissian, written imd tnnl reporfs in ihc lungunge. Laboratory ti~orlc. Roth Lerms I-cquirerl Car ihr nlajor, nnc [elm minjmum for the minor. I P r ~ r ~ r lk.':i or pqulv. 63, Fs11. O f , Winter.] 72 THE SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists in Spain. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the modern period. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1 . . 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the contemporary period. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 o r #. Spring 1967-68.1 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND 5 crs. COMPOSITION Aims to give an cxtensivt! training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stvlislic rrfincment. Annreciatinn of dilferenccs ng Laboratory work in speech existent in the - ~ ~ a n i s h - s ~ e x l t icointrics. required. For majors and those inlei?ding fn leach Spanish. CPrereq.: 55. Fall. 1867-68.1 1-3 CN, 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY -I4crs. Study of rrprrsentntive Hispanic American writers. Available any term. Mny serve as suhslitutc foi- Spanlsh 7 2 , ~ ~ ~ 7if1 ,necessary. I t is suggested that no student rcgistcr inr"il(--five 21-cdits within one term. IProroq.: 83, R4, or DEPmmNT OF MUSIC #. FdI, Wintor, Sprlng=l MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. DAVENPORT, MR. GABRIELSEN, MR. O N , MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MR. SAVOLD, MR. SUTYAK, MRS. THUT, MR. THUT The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, 01- ~ v l ~ me o primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for f hose who e?rppd. to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 o r 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 traits in applied music, and two y e a r s as a m e m b e r of one of t h e college music organizations. Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 or 63, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits i n applied music, a n d two years a s a m e m b e r of one of t h e college music organizations. Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music organizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals a r e encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be givcn in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the monthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency ekamination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: ( a ) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; ( c ) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces ( b or c ) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified a s a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums lor suggested courscs of study. 79 1 THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and Iheir applicntion in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-~inging. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance tcst. FaIl,l W 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] W 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and dl. Lasso. Writing twcr, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] W 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] W 2 1 THEORY 5 4 crs. Kighteenth cenl.ury counterpoint with examples from the music of J. iJ. &ch; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntd writing. Writing two- nnrl three-part invenlions. a four-voice fuguc, and a chorale prelude, [Prereq.: p&. Wintnr.1 W 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music From 1GO to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. E~nphasis is placed uupon relationships between music m d the othcr fine arts. Participatiml in Chr cultural life of tIlc community leading towards appreciatian and criiicism. For the non-music major. [\Vinter, 1WD-67. Fall, RprEng. 1W7-M.1 JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, and techniques. CSpring.1 4 crs. W 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 4 crs. W 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] W 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques 13conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administiation of choral ensembles. C3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] W 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. 13 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall, 1966-67.1 E 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. C4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertory of musical excellence. [One evening per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] + 0 APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two terms of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS I-' The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] d A -'r 81 ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE Membership is by audition or consent of director. t2 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORS See under Curriculums. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY MR. HALVERSON. chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. JOHNfiRUD, MR. S ~ H M I E G E fib, .-&?-& ai~ntz Sondid f Ch The courses in ~hilosovhvseek to assist the student to become conversant wit11 ill& g r c a t - i e n and intellect~~al movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of so~mcl reasoning, and to develop :I mattire understanding of the foundations of nln. knowledge in such arcas us ucicnc~, religion, and ~Thica. Major: 46 credits, including 21, 23, 41, 42, 43. Minor: 32 credits, including 21, 123, 41, 42, 43. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2 3 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 4 crs. 4 1 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdowri of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY 4 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 5 crs. An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Prereq.: 43 or #. UPPER DIVISION COURSES Fall, 1966-67.1 W 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 5 crs. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] W 71 ETHICS 5 crs. An enquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Prereq. : 43 or #. Winter, 1966-67.1 W 73 METAPHYSICS 5 crs. An enquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Winter 196268.1 75 EPISTEMOLOGY 5 crs. An enquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Fall, 1967-68.1 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Spring.] 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty advisor. [Prereq. 43 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] PHYSICAL EDUCATION See under Department of Health and Physical Education. MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. MOYER Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 83 arise. be mel, and s o stimulate ~ n u n dthinking, perct-ptlv~ jutlgment, and nn interest in experimenlal teclmiqur?~.Tn this end ttle rlcpw+rncnt prepnres some students lor ~ ~ a d u a studies le nnd some for the tcaclling pmfcsaion. The li bcral nrts tradition js s e r v ~ dhy offering ctlurses illat will r n a b k a strident l o fouo~rdrvclopm~nts\ r ~ i t h somp clemec of comprchensic~n. Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 1, and 5 credits of 77. Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses listed for the major. Minor: 29 credits. W l ASTRONOMY 4 crs. A dcscripliv~ course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments arc rxplnir~etl,and use is made d a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional niffhl virwing. [Fall, Winter.] 3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS 4 crs. A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Spring.] 5, 5 , 5 crs. W 2 1 , 2 2 , 23 G E ~ E R A PHYSICS L A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [ 5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41, 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 50 NUCLEAR LABORATORY I cr. For non-physics majors who have the equivalent of Course 3. Dealing with methods for detecting and measuring radiations from radioactive substances using geiger tubes, windowless counter, gamma ray spectrometer, and scaling circuits. [2 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 51, 52 MECHANICS UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: '23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 5 3 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 61 ELECTRONICS 4 crs. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and transistors with applications to certain circuits. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 4 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [Prereq., 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY I cr. Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, optics, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. 13 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4, 4 crs. Study of thermal p~operties,using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low tempcrature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions: classical thermodynamics, kinetic theoly, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, ,Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 8 3 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A sl.udy of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. IPrerecl.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] 85 DEPARTMENT MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MRS. NOONAN OF in poliiical science are intender1 In Fncilltate an POLITICAL A~gs:,Sh~wg'moH'crlngs undcmtnnding of If~e p r o c ~ s s ~ sconr:epls, , anrl instilittions of governance; S C I E ~ ~ ~ Lo prwidc nn i n l c k c h ~ n lbasis for ~ f f c e t i v eand informed citizenship; anrl lo help prrpnro i n l c ~ ~ s l c rstudunts l lor ar~clitlonal wwk at tlie graduate or prbrrssionnl Irvel, fn such :ll-Pas as Inrv, political science. p~~ljlic: ndmlnisl ralirln, mrf inIelhnatinnill relations. IMRjor: I 5 cwdlts, i~irludlngZR, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of tlics fn~rr:crratls indir-nlvd hy l,l~e numbering. Courses numbered in the 50's art. in thp uren of Cnnqrnrntive Government; GO'S, International Itelat3nns; 7n'%, Plrhlicn l,i~w: t ~ r ~go's, d Political Theory. Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. k mnxi~nurnuf nine r:r~tiifstnwnrrl fi political science major may be cnrnefl Ircsni among ceftr~inspecific courses offered by the departments nf hislrwy and rr-c~nomiss.Fnr inrownation, see the Chairman of the Jh?pnrEm r n l oT P(11iticel Scicnrc. . . . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. 1nt~~oilusl~~r.y c.~lorallon oE the nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic dcvclopmml in the United States. Historical, economic, ,mrl lrlgnl factors are considered. The American sorinl, iclrolu~ir~:~l system is compared with democratic and non-democratic alternatives, including Communism. [Fall.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. h dcscriiptivc, analylicnl, and critical approach to the roles and functions oS ihr F~~rsjdenr:y, the bureaucracy, the Congress, and the Supreme Cotrrt in thc Amer~cnnpolitical system. [Winter.] 22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: POLITICS AND THE FEDERAL SYSTEM 5 crs. The political pmcrss Is P ~ I I O I ~ Cin~ the \vol'kin~!of Chc two-pal* ~ystcm anrl in llle impncl of -pl+rsslnqrgroup< in llie clcterlniniltion of pulllic policy, Thc pnrhlcms 01 si:ite nnrl InclrtI govcrnlnents and Il~echanging llaifcrnk n l i n f e ~ ~ g r ~ v ~ r ~ ~ ircl;~ ~ i eticn.;Iiip nlal arc exntninrtl. I SprIng.1 X P E R DIVISION . 50 WESTERN EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected European states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter, 1966-67.1 51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms ol Idrologicnl assumptions, the party role and institutional for~ns.Cornmlrnjst practices are compared with those of democratic governments. [Prcmq.: E crs. in Am. Gov't, o r #. Offered on demand, 1Vlnl~r.I 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. The basic factors involved in international relations, the formulation of national foreign policies, and the implementation of policy through diplomacy and other means. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall. 1966-67.1 6 1 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION 4 crs. The evolution and functions of international organizations, emphasizing the assumptions, activities, procedures and role of the United Nations. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Offered on demand, Fall.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 10 crs. in Am. Gov't or #. Fall, 1966-67.1 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 4 crs. A continuation of course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individual rights and liberties under the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 70. Winter, 1966-61.1 , 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [2 double hrs. per wk. Fall, 1967-68.1 81 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. 12 double hrs. per wk. Winter, 1967-68.1 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of ~plected contemporary political scientists, and of their philosoplilcal nnd melhodological assumptions. For majors in political scjcnce, rOfPercrl rm demand. Spring.] 90 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 crs. Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 95 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq.: #. Spring.] 87 U4k44-4- DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. ,- chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MRS. HOWARD Thc nbjectives of this dcpflrtrnent are: (1)To acquaint the student with the piinciples anrl melhods In Ihc scientinc study of behavior; and (2) to ennble ihc &dent to h i t c r untlcrstnnrl Ihe processes which influence heh:tvinr. Emphasis is o n the study ol humnn behavior. Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 84, and 91. In addition, Soc. 61 is required. Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. W 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered i.n connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Secondary Education. 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I 4 crs. Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.] 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I1 4 crs. Adminis~nfionand inivrpretnlion of standardked tests of intelligence, nptitude, inlcresl, acllievcment and pcrsonnlily. Spvcial emphasis given l o the use of the Revised Stanforcl-I3inct ant1 Wecl'lsler Adult Intelligence Scale in stlpcrvi~erlpracticr sitl~aiions. [Prereq. : 69. S p r i n ~ . ] W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental methodology in psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 5 crs. W 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] 84 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2-3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.] 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heqedity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: '17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. DUMPYS, MR. HUSFLOEN, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. SKIBBE, MR. SONNACK. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and a t least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take- course 11: sophomores, course 21. Courses 11 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. 89 Minor: 26 credits. I I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 2 1 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, Spring, 1967-68.1 . W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] JPPER DIVISION FIIRSKS , W 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP ' 4 crs. sludy of lIle origin of Christian worship, the development of the var- fl ious lilur.~ic:ll traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] fJ ' / L W 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS II 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the relation of religious values to institutional aspects of the social structure, particularly church organization. Some implications for contemporary theological thought are explored. [Fall.] W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] W 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] h - -- >.-- - = - - - - - -- a-L -I <----_ICL 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Spring.] W 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL 4 crs. A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and so e of the themes to be found in his writings. [Sping.l W i s 2 : f i 7 f3~4-6 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. kWnkr.1 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 5$~~;i~41966 - 6 7 4 crl. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly as related to history and science. ISpring.1 1 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]' 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] W 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 87 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 See under Curriculums. 91 DEPARTMENT OF S°C1OLQGY MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. ANDERSON, MR. BLOOM, MRS. MADSON, MR. NEVASKAR, MR. NORDLIE Thc ohjceilver nl this d~ptpnrtrncd are lu help rtudmlr nnah a bettpr rmderslarltling - of socirlv. i t s urrlelu :inti lorces trl cl~sn.rc.a s well a s lo preparr studcnls TI^ soclnl senlice and Cor g r a d ~ ~ a tIrnining e in social w o ~ kand in sot-iolnpy. Reynnd t h r i~ndurslanrlirl~ socicly and beyontl acndcmir: competence, tllc rlcpr~rlnlrhl r ~ f n l stn explorr the I-elevnncc of Christianily t o effecUv~social servicc lo relate itself fo the rnodc~m metropolis through research and participation in the community. Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world a s seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] 3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. Social and cultural configurations of family systems. Thc life cycle of the family including mate selection, marital interaction and adjustment, parent-child relationships, and the later years of married life. The family, society, and social change. [Winter, Spring.1 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The European and American roots of the United States rural community, rural social movements, and rural life in the world perspective. [Winter.] 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. [Spring.] 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public registration and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Cono~~rrent in 54. Fall.] UPPER DIVISIO 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social. workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq. : 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54, 55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade 93 for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. CM, Fall. 55, Winter. &6, Spning.1 W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See Religion 59. 4 crs. W 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp* thesis testing. [Prereq.: high school algebra or equiv. Fall, Spring.] W 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research process. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering inols. [Prereq. : 61. Winter.] 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 5 crs. 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority fgm~prelatirms. Major atkntion is focused upon prejudice, racism and civjl rights in the American setting. Seminar offered in connection with this course may Iw tnkrn for one additional credit on approval d instructor. FWtntcr.1 1 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scde organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and \ *re*@4~ 4 D labor-management relations. 1Bpring.I 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. [Fall.] 7 $ <7 we n SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to d w e l ~ pplatform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habils. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literaturelspeech requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement. H I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 4 crs. 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMhTICS Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1966-61.1 H 21 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 2 8 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 3 2 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] H 51 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. I t is recommended that students take logic before taking this course. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISIOI COURSES 52 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING 5 crs. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq.: 11. Winter.] 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership ; principles and types of discussion ; practice in discussion techniques. [Spring, 1966-67.1 H 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Winter.] 95 1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 1 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 1961-68.1 1 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1967-68.1 1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. CSpring.1 1-3 crs. 1 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY Selected topics in oral inteqretation, acting, theater hislory, f ~ctorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. [F~cll,Wintor, Spring.] I . SPECIAL AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING PROGRAMS OF STUDY Student nurges in the Suhools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. 'a MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a oollege degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three ears of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. 0 SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. 7 JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD An arrangement has been made with the University of Oslo in Norway under which students entering their junior year in college may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy, CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students, who complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical o'bservation, practice, and orientation under the direction o'f the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. HONORS PROGRAM For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered. Students of high ability are invited t o write to the Director of the, H,onors Program for information regarding which honors programs may be open to them. Ho~norstudents are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the s'tudents of Augsburg Colllege and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify fo,r the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the Presiden,t of the Student S~ociety. 97 The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. CURRICU GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be fol1owe.d to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required fo,r the majo'r field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. F'RESf,lMAN Retl~ion I1 E ~ ~ g l i slhl a 12 'VVc~tcr~lC l ~ ~ l l l z a t l o n Soriolopy 11 F'c~rrian L L I ~ E L I ~ E Q E:l<sclivep. P h y s w a l ActivtMea JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 - 4 5 5 5-6 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term I I1 111 Cr. C r , Cr. 4 - 4 4 12 12 12 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. A r t 1 o r Music 30 Economics or Pol. Sci. Electives SENIOR Religion Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 . - 6 - 4-5 6 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 15 12 15 ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students a r e urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theoloev -" English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Drawing Composition Sociology Physical Education JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 - - 4 4 - - 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion A r t History I. I1 P r i n t Making I , I1 Ceramics I Health and First Aid Educational Psvcholozv -Group ~ c t i v i t ? Methods in Sec. Educ. Music 30 Electives SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Nat. Science or Math. Problems ot Philosophy Speech or Literature Sculpture I Painting I. I1 General Psychology SENIOR Relieion Student Teachine seminar for ~ t l y d .Teach. School and Society Pol. Sci. or Economics Studio I11 Sculwture I1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 5 4 5 - - 4 - 4 4 - - 4 - - . Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN Introduction t o Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Drawine compo&ion Sociology Physical Ed~lcation Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies ~ o r e i g n ~ai&iHge Nat. Science or Math. Problems of Philosophy Sculpture I Painting I , , I1 Western Civilization Ancient History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 99 JUNIOR Relieion ~ r t - ~ l s t o r I. y 11 Print Making I, I1 Ceramics I Western Civilization U.S. History Speech or ~ i t e r a t u r e Music 30 Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ~- -4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 - 5 5 - - 4 - - SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Economics Studio I11 Sculpture I1 History Seminar History 71 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where biology electives are indicated the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is often desirable. In considering the biology electives the students must also be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization Sociology 11 Binlogy 11, 12 Cl~cniistn. 5 5nr. 15 C h r ~ n i s t l .6~ nr 16 Ph.v>lv;hl Ed1 ~ r n l i o n SUNIOR Rcli~torr F o r e t ~ n 1,nngzlage Physics 21, 22, 23 Genetics Microbiology or Bio. Elect. Physiology or Bio. Elect. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Speech or Literature Organic Chemistry 51, Chemistry 53 Calculus Math. Analysis 19 Comparative Anatomy Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 - - - 6 6 - SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy A r t 1 or Music 30 Cellular Biology Embryology or Bio. Elect. Seminar Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING In preparing for teacher certification in Minnesota, a student with a major in biology must complete a minor in another science. Ordinarily this minor will be chemistry. The program suggested below provides for this minor as well as for a goo'd background in the biological sciences. When making the choice of biology electives shown, the student should be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization JUNIOR Religion s ~ e e c hor Literature A& 1 or MU& 30 Foreign Language Educational Psychology Teaching Methods Biology Elective Ecology or Elective Group Activities Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Genetics General Psychology Chemistry 23 Chemistry 53 Math. 13 or Elective Math. 14 or 19 SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy P l a n t Morph. or Elective Biology or Elective Health and First Aid School a n d Society Student Teaching Sem. for Stud. Teach. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. The following program is a suggested course olf study with a specialization in accounting. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 1 2 Western Civilization Principles of Accounting Sociology 11 Nat. Science or Math. Elective Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Statistics Inter. Microecon. Inter. Accounting Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Business Law Prin. of Economics I , I1 Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - 4 - 5 5 - 5 5 4 5 5 - - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 - 4 - 4 5 - 4 4 4 - 5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Cost Accounting Auditing Electives MAJ0,R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization Principles of Accounting Sociology 11 Nat. Science or Math. Elective Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Statistics Inter. Microecon. Financial Mgt. Electives SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Business Law Prin. of Economics I. I1 Fund. Finance - - - ~ of -- - - Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 SENIOR Religion Investments Math. of Finance Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Introduction to Theolog English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Elem. Typewriting Bus. Ed. 10 Sociology Prob. of Philosophy , Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Health and First Aid Princiules of Accounting ~ d v a 6 c e d Typewriting Prin, of Economics I, I1 Secretarial Procedure Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies SENIOR Religion Student Teachin2 Seminar for stud. Teach. School and Society Business Law Art 1 or Music 30 Electives 17 Term I I1 1x1 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 101 0 CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization Mathematics 19 Chemistry 15, 16, o r 5, 6 Calculus 41, 42 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Physical Chemistry Adv. Organic Chemistry Adv. Calculus 83 Foreign Language Quantum Mechanics Seminar Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Organic Chemistry Quantitative Chemistry General Physics Calculus 43 Sociology SENIOR Religion Adv. Inorganic Chemistry Chemistrv 83 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. Pol. Sci. or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Seminar Electives DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. A The follo sc edule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. FRESHMAN Introduction t o Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization Calculus 41 Biology 11, 12 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5. 6 Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 4 5 - - 6 6 6 - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Political Science Speech or Literature Psychology Organic Chemistry 51, 52 .General Physics Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 - - - 5 - 5 - 6 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 6 ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization Science or Math. Sociology 11 Prin. of Economics I Electives Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 4 - 5-6 5-6 - 4 - - - - 4 8 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature A r t 1 o r Music 30 Prin. of Accounting Prin, of Economics I1 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Intro. to Soc. Statistics Inter. Microecon. Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. Religion Electives ELEMENTARY EDUCATION n Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. education requirement, e&one course in in physical science. For the erre,uLement - in general education, t v-n p required t o take Begnnmg Spee-ernpted. F_Or=seiencelnafhematicsral V m e n m y education stud.enis. are required tu-F&e The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor. Variations in the requirements omf the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Biological Science Health and First Aid Sociology 11 Physical Education Elective (minor) Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 - 5 5 - 4 5 - - 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language General Psychology Physical Science Political Science Music 30 U.S. History Elective (minor) SENIOR Relieion ~ r o f TLab Experience Prob. of Philosophy Speech 11 Children's Lit. School and Society Education 64 Electives lminorl Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 - JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING [7 Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined belo'w satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the education curriculum. He will also need to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. 103 Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Business Education English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN la' Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Physical Education Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech or L i t e r a t ~ ~ r e Education 50, 59 Education 52. 53, 54 Physical Education 10 Electives in t h e major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or A r t 1 Natural Science or Math. Economics or Pol. Sci. General Psychology Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 83. 84 Education 87 Electives in t h e major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr, Cr. ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed fo'ur years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minneso'ta will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U, of M. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization s ~ c i o l o -11 g~ -~ Calculus 41. 42 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5 , 6 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Modern Physics Electricity and Magnetism Physics Lab. Math. 83, 84 Biology 11, 12 or Elect. Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 4 - 4 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Western Civilization 1,iterattlresociology 12 General Physics Math. 43, 58 Physical Activities Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - - - 4 - - 4 5 5 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 ENGLISH MAJOR 0 The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Introduction to Theology English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35, 45 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology Physical Education JUNIOR Relielnn -. . ---. . -- A r t 1 or Music 30 English 61 62 84 English 72'or '74 English Elective * SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Speech 11 Prob of Philosophy Nat. Sci. or Math. English 35 or 45 or Eng. elec. English 47, 31 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 5 5 - - - - SENIOR Religion English ?O Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Electives recommended for students planning t o enter graduate school: English 30 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign languages. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35, 45 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relialon Gemera1 PsyChoIogy Erluc. P~ychnlogy Group Acllvily Mcti~odnIn Src. Educ. En~rllsh B1, 02, 55 E,nl:IlsIi 72 u! 74, 84 tlrrtlves - 5 - - 4 0 4 0 -0 5 5 4 5 - - - - 5 - 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Speech Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Nat. Sci. or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teach. School and Society Health and First Aid Art 1 or Music 30 English 21 or 40, 86 or 88 English Seminar Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 10 5 - - 4 - 4 3 5 - 5 4 4 - - - - FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 ~ e g ~. o r e i g nLanguage Western Civilization Sociology 11 Nat. Science or Math. Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Inter. Foreign Language Conversation and Com~osition Speech or Literature Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Pol. Science or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Health and First Aid* Electives 105 JUNIOR Reliaion ~ d u c a t i o n a l Psychology* Group Activities* Methods in Sec. Educ." General Psychology* Literature 72 or 74 Survey 63, 64 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - - 5 5 . - - 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 SENIOR Relieion ~ t u d G n tTeaching' Seminar for Stud. Teach.* School a n d Society' Adv. Conv. a n d Comu. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Independent Study 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 5 - 1-2 5 - - 4 1-2 5 Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives f o r these courses. GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civlllzation Latin 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Greek History of Philosophy Speech Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 5 4 4 5 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 - - - SOPHOMDRE Biblical Studies Nat. Science or Math. Greek 11. 12, :3 Prob. of Philosophy Pol. Sci. or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5 4 - - - 4-5 . 4 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Health and First Aid Team Sports Swim. a n d Aquatics IW, Physical Activities JUNIOR Reliaion ~ d u c a t i o n a lPsychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Pol. Science or Economics A r t 1 or Music 30 Phy. Ed. 57. Kines and Phys. of Exercise Phy. Ed. Programming Adapted P h y . Ed. and Eval. Self-Testing Activities Phy. Ed. 82 or Soc. 31' Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language General Psychology Human Anat. and Physiology Chemistry 5 Indiv. a n d Dual Sports Hist. a n d Prin. of P h y . Ed. Rec. Act. and Rhythms Instr. First Aid* I Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - . 4 4 0 - - 6 5 - - 0 2 - - 4 4 4-5 0 5 4-5 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 - - 5 5 - 5 - - - 4 1 - - 6 - - 5 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion s t u d e n t Teaching Seminar i n S.tud. Teach. School a n d Society Prob. of Philosophy Sch. Health and Safety Educ.* Community ~ e c r e a t f o n * Speech or Literature Electives 10 -- -5 - - 44 - - S 4 4 - -3 - 4 - * Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education b u t m a y be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. 107 0 HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department olf History. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Pol. Science or Economics Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Historv ~coGhics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - SOPHOMORE - Biblical Studies Foreign Language U.S. History Prob. of Philosophy General Psychology Nat. Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Economics Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Art 1 or Music 30 Geography American Government Health and First Aid History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language U.S, History Proh. of Philosophy General Psychology Nat. Science or Math Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teach. School and Society Social Problems Speech or Literature History Seminar in History Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The f~llo~wing course of study is designed fo'r students who have a s'trong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Math. 13, 14, or 19 before registering for Calculus 41. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology Calculus 41, 42, 43 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Adv. Calculus 83, 84, 85 Modern Algebra 72, 73 Electives * Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Pol. Sci, or Economics S ~ e e c hor Literature ~ o r e i g n~ a n g u a g e Prob, of Philosophy Art 1 or Music 30 Physics or Chemistry Differential Equations Modern Geometry Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Prob. and Statistics Independent Study Electives* Foundations of Mathematics recommended. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. MATHEMATICS MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Introduction to Theoloav -" English 11. 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Math. Analysis 19 Calculus 41. 42 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Educational Psychology Speech or Literature General Psychology Advanced Calculus Modern Algebra Methods in Sec. Educ. Group Activity Prob. of Philosophy Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 - 5 - - 4 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. -4 4 5 4 - - 4 4 - - - 0 - . 0 - - Biblical Studies - - ---Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. or Economics Calculus 43 Differential Equations Modern Geometrv Physics or heh his try - 4 5 0 4 4 - - 5 4 - - 4 - 4 - 5 - - 4 - 5-6 5-6 4-5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 . . 4 10 - 5 4 - - 4 SENIOR Religion School and Society Student Teaching Sem. for Stud. Teach. Foundations of Math. Prob, a n d Statistics Independent Study Health and First Aid Electives - 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE - - - - 2-4 5 4 4-6 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor omf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. The program outlined prepares such students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. A minimum of 24 credits each of chemistry and biology, and one term of mathematics, is required. In the senior year students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Inlroducllon lo Theology Enblieh 11, 12 Wt-qte1.n Ulvilizntion ~jocio1oRy 1 1 T3inlngy 11, 12 C h c ~ n i ~ t r5y ilr 15 r l l r n t l s t r y 5 or 16 Pl~,vslc:~l Rrlur.:~lion JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy A r t 1 or Music 30 Speech or Literature Microbiology Cellular Biology or Elect. Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 5 - 4 - - 4 6 6 6 - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Genetics Organic Chemistry 23 Comp. Anatomy or Physiol. Chemistry 53 Mathematics 13. 14 Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. . 5 5 5 - - 6 6 6 6 5 - 5 SENIOR I Lectures, laboratory and practical work a t General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months I1 I11 45 crs. MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American 109 Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission t o the medical school t o which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, a s translated into courses a t Augsburg College, a r e as follows: Biology 11, 12 General Chemistrv 15. 16 Ovganic chemistr; 51,'52 Quantitative Analysis 53 Frcshlnan English 11, 12 Literature elective Mathematics 19 for 13, 14) Physics 21, 22, 23 Social Science a n d Humanities Credits 12 12 E l. ~.r..t. i. v -r -- Recommended: Physical Chemistry Cnlculus 41, 42 61 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. The University of Minnesota very strongly recommends to prospective students that they study physical chemistry, a t least two advanced courses in biology, and psychology a s well as broad studies in the humanities. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major a r e shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged t o consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Foreign Language Western Civilizat~on Theory 1, 2, 3 Applied Music Physical Education JUNIOR Relieion ~ d u r a t i o n a l Psychology Group Activities Teaching of Music Methods in Sec. Educ. Art 1 Instr. Techniaue' History and i i t . I n ~ t ~ s i c ) Conducting Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 . 4 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Tcrm I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Sociology 11 General Psychology Nat. Science or Math. Theory 4, 5, 6 Applied Music SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar in Stud. Teach, School and Society Pol. Sci. or Economics Health a n d First Aid Prob. of Philosophy Music Organization Electives Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 4 5 - 5-6 5-6 4 4 4 1 1 1 Tern1 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. MUSIC MAJOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Theory 1. 2, 3 Applied Music Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Art 1 ist tory and Lit. (music) Instrumental Technique* Conducting Applied Music Music Organization Scandinavian Music Electives * SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Nat. Science or Math. Sociology 11 Theory 4, 5, 6 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob, of Philosophy Orch. and Choral Arr. Applied Music MuSic Organization Speech or Literature Electives Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique i n the fall term NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHO08LS A major in natural science co,nsists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language, Western Civilization Sociology 11 Natural Science Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Education 50. 59 Nat. Science 'or Math. Group Activities Health and First Aid Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4 5 5 5 - - 5 4 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Nat. Science or Math. Pol. Sci. or Economics General Psychology SENIOR Religion Nat. Sci. or Math. Student Teaching Sem. for Stud. each School and Society Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 5-6 - - 4-5 5 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Foreign ~ a n g u a g e Western Civilization Sociology Prob. of Philosophy Phssical Education JUNIOR Religion Speech or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 - 6 4 - - 5 6 10 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies ~ o r i i Language c Nat. Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Science or Economics Logic Philosophy 41, 42, 43 SENIOR Religion Philosophy 91 Philosophy Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 - 5 - - - 5-6 5-6 - - 4-5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 111 POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a suggeste'd course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Introduction lo Theology English 11, 12 Nat. Science or Math. Sociology 11 Political Science 20, 21, 22 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Political Science 70 or 80 Political Science 71 or 81 Political Science 95 or 84 History 1 or 21 History 2 or 22 History 3 or 56 Social Statistics Social Research Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 4 5 5-6 5-6 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Prob. of Philosophy Logic Social Problems Political Science 50 or 51 Political Science 60 or 61 Economics 22. 23 SENIOR Religion Political Science 80 or 70 Political Science 81 or 71 Political Science 84 or 95 History 21 or 1 History 22 or 2 History 56 or 3 ~iterature General Psychology Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 4 - - 4 - 5 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology Enelish 11. 12 or Math. Western Civilization Sociology 11 Physical Education Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Prob. of Philosophy Pol. Science or Economics A r t 1 or Music 30 Speech or Literature General Psychology Electives N ~ Escience JUNIOR Religion Foreinn Lannuaae - ~ -- - ~ SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ----- Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 4 - History and Theory (psych.) 4 Research Problems - 2-3 Seminar in Psychology 3 - 4 Psychology Electives Electives 8 8 12 SENIOR - Psyc. Measurement Experimental Psychology Personality I Personality I1 Psychology Electives Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The fo11,ofwingprogram is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. FRESHMAN Introduction t o Theology English 11. 12 Foreign Language Math. 14 or 19 Math. 41, 42 Western Civilization Sociology 11 Physical Education Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language General Physics Mathematics 43 Differential Equations Pol. Science or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 - 4 - - 4-5 - 4 - - JUNIOR Religion Electronics Mechanics Advanced Calculus Art 1 or Music 30 Electricity and Magnetism Physics Lab Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. SENIOR Religion Thermal Physics Phvsics Lab speech or Literature Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 - 4 1 1 - 1 4 8 - 11 11 RELIGION MAJOR FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Nat. Science or Math. Western Civilization Sociology 11 Electives Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Foreign Language General Psychology Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 6 6 4 4 - - - - - - 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 8 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 5 - - 4 6 - SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Religion Foreign Language Pol. Science or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 5 5 - 4 - - 4 - 4 - - 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Seminar Literature Sociology Electives SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Beginning Norwegian Western Civilization Nat. Science or Math. Sociology 11 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion General Psychology' Educational Psychology* Group Activity* Methods in Sec. Educ: Modern Scand. Novel Prob. in Philosophy Modern Scand. Drama Scand. Music Electives * Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. .-Cr. -- - 4 5 4 - - - 5 5 - 5 - - 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Intermediate Norwegian 5, 6 Norwegian Conv. and Comp. Modern Scandinavia Scandinavian History Speech or Literature Pol. Science or Economics Health and First Aid* Art 1 or Music 30 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 5 4 - - 4 - 4 - - F - 5 i - - 4-5 - - 6 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 4 Student Teaching* 10 Seminar for Stud. Teach.* 5 School and Society* - - 4 Adv. Norw. Conv. and Comp. 5 Independent Study 1-2 1-2 10 Electives 5 SENIOR - - - - Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the f,ollowing program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the sub'ject. An outline of the requiretments for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. 113 A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Introduction to Theology Enelish 11. 12 ~ l e h e n t a r y~ y p c w r l t i n g Advanced Typewriting Elementary Shorthand Interm. Shorthand Advanced Shorthand Bus. Ed. 10 Electives Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - SECOND YEAR Biblical Studies General Psychology Speech Principles of Accounting Secretarial Procedures Calculating Machines Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SEMINARY C,ompletion o'f the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the s,tudent for admission into a theologi,cal seminary course. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization Foreign Language* Sociology 11 Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Nat. Science or Math. Foreign Language Prob. of Philosowhv Pol. Sci. or Econimics Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Greek History of Philosophy Speech Electives 4 5 4 4 - 5 4-5 4 - - 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives 8 Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists o,f 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreien Laneuane JUNIOR Religion Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Art 1 or Music 30 Geography American Government Health and First Aid Economics I1 History Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 0 - 4 - 5 - 4 - - 4 0 - 0 5 - - 5 - 4 4 - 4 5 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language U.S. History Prob. of Philosophy General Psychology Nat. Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teaching School and Society Soc. Prob. Speech or Literature History Seminar Electives - 10 5 - 4 - - 4 4 3 4 - - - - 4 - 4 4 - A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in h,istory; and 4 cred,its in each d the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Social Problems Art I or Music 30 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Philosophy of Science Marriage and Family" Social Statistics* Social Research* General Psychology Speech Electives * Required for the major. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 - - - -- 5 5 - 4 SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 Biblical Studies Nat. Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Intro. to Anthropology Rural American Community Modern Urban Community Electives SENIOR Religion Social Psychology* Sociology 82 Industrial Sociology Modern Sociology Theory* Electives - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 4 5 - - 5 - - - 5 12 115 SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theoloav -" English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 Physical Education JUNIOR Relieion socilology 51 52 53* Sociology 54: 55: 56* Sociology 61: Psychology 5' soCiology~31 Electives * Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - SOPHOMORE Biblical S ~ I.~ ~ P S ... I . Foreign Language Nat. Science or Math. Speech or Literature Pol. Science or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Rural American Community Modern Urban Community Elective SENIOR Religion Sociology 75, 82 Psychology 61, 62 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4-5 - - 4 - - - - 4 4 - - 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Required for the major. SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of .study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Intro. to Dramatic Arts Pol. Science or Economics Interpretive Reading Speech 51 or 55 Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Health and First Aid Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 4 - -- - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Speech 11 Nat. Science or Math. Prob. of Philosophy Logic Speech 12 or 52 Acting General Psychology SENIOR Religion Soeech 16 or 67 ~ h e e c hpathology Stage Direction Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teach. School and Society Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 117 CRSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., .... Vice-chairman Mrs. George Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, Minneapolis, Minnesota Diversified Church Services Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnes'ota Medical Doctor Dr. George Hager, Chapel Hill, North Carolina Education, University of North Carolina Dr. Philip C. Helland, Burnsville, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Junior College Board Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools, Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director Sales Training, Investors Diversified Services Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota Manager, South Side Insurance Agency Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, St. Paul, Minnesota Professor, Luther Theological Seminary Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Vice President and Legal Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Presdent Oscar A. Anderson Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations ADMINISTRATI 119 Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Assistant Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions Jim Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Arthur Nelson ................... Supervisor of Plant Services Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Services Richard L. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Public Functions Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Book Store Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor Bjame Landa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Student Activities OMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY President's Cabinet: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, Fosse, Fagerlie, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Mandsager, A. Nelson, Sorlien Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, SkiWe, Sonnack, Thompson, Nicholl, Hemmingson, Gisselquist, Agre, Haugsby Educational Policies: Bailey, 0.Anderson, P. Quanbeck, Sonnack, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Alton, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Ozolins, Miss Joel Library: Hanwick, Ozolins, J. Thut, Fardig, Skibbe Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, P. Anderson, Miss Pederson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Bailey, Miss Cole, Holum, Hansen, R. Anderson International Education: Mrs. Jensen, Miss Joel, Follingstad, Jenson; Nicholl (Advisory) Athletics: Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold, Dahlen, Laue Faculty Social F'unctions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Saugestad Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, Savdd, Dumpys, Mrs. E. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge. Holum, E. Johnsm, Mrs. Jensen, Sulerud "Judicial Council: Nelson, C,hrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Mrs. I. Hanson *Student-Faculty Council: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johns'on, Miss Martinson, Pearson, Crepeau "Convocations: Urdahl, Agre, Miss Aas,kov, Sateren "Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson * Joint Student-Faculty Committees Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. THE FACULTY Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnes'ota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. *Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnemta, 1945; M.A., Nortmhwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), P r ~ ~ f e s s oofr Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *Hildur Anderson (1965), Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesolta, 1941. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor of Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Colllege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President olf the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Paul S. Anderson (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology and Director of Research Center B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S.,1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion (on leave 196567) B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961. William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University o,f Minnesota. R o b e a K. Binford (1964), Instructor of French B.S., Hamline University, 1961; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964. "Oscar Blegen, Jr. (1963), Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. * Part-time faculty 121 *Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor of Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. *L. David Brown (1966), Lecturer in Religion B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; B.A., Concordia College, 1948; C.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1951. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. *James Burtness (1965), Lecturer in Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; D.Th., Princeton University, 1958. *Harold Cannon (1962), Instructor sf Spanish B.A. and B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Pro,fessor of History and Political Science B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. "Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor of English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Robert E. Coffman (1965), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., University of Illinois, 1953; M.S., University of California, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965. Mario Colacci (1952), Pro,fessor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), A'ssociate Profess'or of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Kenneth L. Davenport (1962), Instructor of Music (String Instruments) B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938. Hans Dumpys (1965), Instructor of Relligion B.A., Augsburg Cocllege, 1956; B.D., Chicago. Lutheran Seminary, 1960; M.Th., Harvard Divinity School, 1965. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Instructor o'f Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University d Minnesota. *John Eiler (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg Cdlege, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Pro,fessor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. "Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor of Music (Director of Male Chorus) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. 'kDaryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History (on leave 1965-66) B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University o,f Minnesota. Frank A. Gruver (1963), College Physician with rank of Assistant Professor B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University o'f U'tah, 1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63), Assistant Professor of History (on leave 1963-66) B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. *Demos P. Hadjiyanis (1965), Lecturer in Economics B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1953; M.S., Ohio University, 1954. William H. Halverson (1955-56, 1959), Professor of Philosophy and Religion (on leave 1965-66) B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; .B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; M.Th., Princeton Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1961, Princeton University. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. 123 Irene Hanson (1963), Associate Professor of Education B.S.Ed., 1946 and M.S.Ed., 1948, Temple University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965. *L. David Hanson (1965), Instructor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1955. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Orvald B. Haugsby (1961), Assistant Prolfessor o,f Mathematics B.A., Wisconsin State College, Superior, 1952. "John Helgeland (1964), Instructor of Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1962. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Prolfessor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. A. Robert Hemmingson (1957), Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration B.A., Dana College, 1953; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1957. Grace Hinrichs (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor olf Art B.A., Conoordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemisitry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. *Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Pro'fessor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State Co'llege, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952. Ri'chard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Instructor of Re1,igion B.A., Augsburg Colllege, 1961; B.Th., Augs:burg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964. "Clifton Jackson (1965), Instructor of Music "Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor o,f German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. "Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History and Political Science B.A., Rangoon Universi.ty, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. John Jenson (1956-57, 1961), As.sistant Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o~f Associate Professor (on leave 1966-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0.Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Selminary, 1959. "James Johnson (1961), Instructor olf Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. "Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. *Sherman Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965), Instructor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf Co~llege,1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. *Eunice Kacalek (1966), Instructor o'f Home Economics B.S., Iowa State College, 1940; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1948. Robert Karle~n(1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish (on leave 1965-67) B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. *Emma Kydd (1960-61, 1965), Lecturer in Home Economics B.S., 1958 and M.S., 1960, University of Minnesota. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Joanne Larson (1965), Instructor of English B.A., Gustavus Adolplhus College, 1961; M.A., University d Georgia, 1962. Richard Laue (1963), Instructor of History B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1965-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. 125 Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minneslota. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry B.A., A,ugsburg College, 1964. Orlin L. Rlandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse Universi'ty, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augs,burg Cdlege, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. *Michael McCabe (1965), Lecturer in Makhmatics and Physics B.A., 1959 and M.S., 1965, Universi.ty of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg C,ollege, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. "Darlene Moland (1965), Instructor of Home Economics B.S., North Dakota Agricultural College, 1956; M.A., North Dakota State University, 1964. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Res.idence and Instruator of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. Donald F. Moyer (1965), Instructor of Physics B.A., 1960 ,and M.A., 1962, Miami University, Ohio. Arthur Nash (1922), Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. *Emma L. Nashan (1963), Instructor of German B.A., Duke University, 1953; M.A., Indiana University, 1963. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Balwant S. Nevaskar (1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1965-66) B.A., Wilson College, 1946; B.D., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. Grier Nicholl (1961), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1966-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate P r ~ ~ f e s s of o r Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Jean Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Modern Languages B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. "Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Magne Olson (1961-62, 1965), Instructor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1966-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. "Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S. Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. "Katherine Peterson (1956), Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor d Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion (on leave 1966-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1958 Princeton Theological Seminary. 127 Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor o~f Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., U n i ~ e r s ~ i t09 y Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor o'f Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Oscar Schmiege (1965), Instructor olf Philosophy B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956; B.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. "Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Assistant Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minneso~ta,1961. Dennis Sjogren (1965), Teaching Aide in Bio'logy B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assis'tant P r ~ ~ f e s s of o r Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Paul G . Sonnack (1949), Professor of Rdigion B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., 1945 and B.Th., 1947, Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., University olf Chicago, 1960. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Prolfessor o'f Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Gladys Stone (1965), Associate Pro,fessor of Sociology A.A., Modesto Junior College, 1942; B.S. and B.A., Was,hingto,n University, St. Louis, 1944; M.A., University of Ch,icago, 1946; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1956. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor o'f Biology B.A., Concordia Co,llege, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. "Michael Sutyak (1965), Instructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory of Music, 1956. "Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iolwa State University, 1958. "Elvira Thomson (1965), Lecturer in Home Economics B.S., 1929 and M.S., 1947, University of Minnesota. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor olf Music B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor of Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Circulation Librarian B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor o'f Sociology (on leave 1965-66) B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Pro'fessor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Ur&ahl(1943), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Ins.tructiona1Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Peter H. Armacost (1959-61, 1963-65), Ass,istant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students B.A., Denis'on University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Emil Balz (1963-65), Instructor of Modern Languages Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad, Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg Univers,ity, 1949. "Merrilyn Belgum (1960-65), Instructor of Sociology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1946; M.S.W., University o,f Denver, 1956. *James Boyce (1964-65), Instructor of Latin B.A., Luther Coll,ege, 1964. 'i'Jacqolyn Cherne (1960-62, 1963-65), Instructor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1958. *Linda Crawford (1964-65), Instructor of English B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1960. Kenneth N. Erickson (1964-65), Instructor of Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., Michigan State University, 1964. 129 S. Hugh Fitch (1964-65), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages B.A., 1949 and M.A., 1951, University of New Mexico. Kirsten Giving (1964-65), Instructor of Home Economics B.S., St. Olaf College, 1960; M.A., University d M,innesata, 1964. "Patricia Hatteberg (1965), Instructor of Home Economics B.S., Eowa State University, 1948; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. *Evelyn Irving (1964-65), Visiting Professor of Language Methods B.A., 1941 and M.A., 1947, Florida State University; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1950. "Dennis Lane (1960-65), Instructor of Music (Organ) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. *Frederick Z. Lesher (1963-65), Instructor of English B.A., Carthage C,ollege, 1958; M.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Iver B. Olson (1945-65), Professor of Modern Languages B.A., Auggburg College, 1935; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957. Joseph W. Richen (1964-65), Ins~tructorof Speech B.A., Berea College, 1960; M.A., Ohio University, 1962. * R d d R. Ricketts (1964-65), Instructor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.M., 1954 and M.M., 1955, Manhattan School of Music. Donna Schlorf (1961-65), Instructor d Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., Universi~tyof Minnesota, 1964. Ruth Segolson (1944-65), Professor of Home Economics B.S., 1925 and M.A., 1938, University of Minnesota. "MertonStrommen (1947-65), Instructor d Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.Th., 1944 and B.Th., 1950, Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., 1954 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. "Joyce Tester (1963-65), Instructor d Home Economics B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Univers,ity of Minnesota. "MargaretUroff (1964-65), Instructor of English B.A., Middleburg College, 1956. "HelenWatkins (1964-65), Instructor of English B.A., Radcliffe College, 1960; M.A., Yale University, 1962. 131 GRADUATES 1964 Aadland, Carolyn Irene . . . . . . Westbrook Laycock, Ronald George ... Miniaeapolis Aarsvold, Dawn Joanne Asp Mii~neapolis Lee. Lance Jerome ...... Minneapolis Almer, Charles E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Leifgren, Joyce Michele .. Fwderic, Wis. Anderson. Donald A. . . . . . Ilzidson. Wis. Lindberg. Curtis Martin . . . . . St. Paul Anderson, Luther Leroy ... Miitneapolis Lindell, Sharon L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson. Orville Keith . . V ~ n t q r r n In. Lindgrcn, Mary Margaret . . Miinteapolis ~ i ~ ; ~ l ~ i ~ ~ ~ i iDavid ; ~ n d e r s o n ;~ i c h a c d - ~ : - - . -..:. . Lobben. Charles . . . . . Minneapolis Arends, Myra Mildred . . ..,.. Wabnsso Long. J o h n H. . . . . . . . . . .. S t........ Pnqrl Armstrong, Kenneth B . . . . Mii~necipolis ~ u n d Richard . Allan . . . . . . . .~ i n n e a p o l i s Lundby, Kathyrn Ann . . . Spriiag V a l l e ~ Bakke, David Allen . . . Mii~neanr Ais Lyle, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mii~iaeal,olis Bakke, Karlton ............... Ztintbrota Berg, Andrew Melford . . . . . . . Willnaar Marti~lson. Anltn Louise . . . . . . . . Caiab?~ Bjorndahl, Vern Roland . . . . . Minllcnpolis Matliisrl~i, I>I*:>IByr'ran . . . . . . . . Bngle!~ Bloedel, Karen Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo McTVaIlt!t'. Ivv .Tea11 . ............. H o r n ~ ~ r ~ o, o.Ill. ..r.l Borsgard, Dorothy Diane Saia Jose, Calif. Mi1lt.r. O < ~ ; I I ; WTIPP I . . . . . . Mi?~iaecipolis Braaten. Bruce E. . . . . . . C n i ~ i l o i ~Falls Mo1.11id. Ilritl, Rlnllic . . . . . . . . . Malta, Ill. Bruget, Mur iel Marie . . . . . . . . Miiu~eapolis Moore, Cleve J., J r . ..... Escni~aba.Micll. Munson, Mary Helena . . . . . St. ~ n G Pl a r k Carlson, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . .Mi?ti~eapolis Murdock, Peggy L. Snn F ~ a n c i s c o .Calif. Chartrand. William Roger Escanabn, Mich. Museus, Rodger Raymond . . . Mini~eapolis Clomau, Pearlie M. . . . . . . Chicago, Ill. Myrvik, Wayne E. ... Edinore, N. Dalc. Cotton, Sheldon Eugene . . . Volga, S. Dak. Nelson, Joyce Marlene . . . . . Minncnpolis Daggett, Charles Marshall . . . . Riclafield Nelson. Loren Carlyle . . . . Minnrupolis Damcke, David Robert . . . Minneapolis IVfx. Nevin, Robert Samuel . G~rtrrl~crlrir~rl. Daniels, Diana . . . . . . . . . Jnii~estozun,N.Y. Nordin, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . I.frl:rh I.lll!rtr~ Day. Dallas Charles ......... St. Paul Nordin. Ronald James . . L!rlr<, Lilltori Denny, Daren Gladys . . . . . . . Minneapolis . DesChaine, J u d i t h Ann . . . . . Minneapolis Oltedahl. Harry Arlan . . . . . . . Bagley DeVrieze, J e r r y Dean ........ H n ~ f i e l d Olson, DeLoy M. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Duerr. Allan J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Min?~enpolis Olson, DonaeBill Glen . . . . Minileapolis Dyrud, Philip M. ........... Ne~ufoldeit Olson. Merlin Iver . . . . . . . . Minneanolis Olson. Theodore W. . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f n a a n Engwall. Paul R. ............ Minnenpolis Ostenhus, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Erickson, Dennis John . . Serittle, Wasl~. Erickson. Ronald W. . . Colziinbin H e i g l ~ t s Parks, J a m e s Wayne ....... Mi?t?aeapolis Paulson, Ellen A n n . . . . . . . . Clitherall Fenrick, Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Truiiaaia Pearson. Lloyd Allen . . . . . Payilesville Formo, David Jerome . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pedersen. Arla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneanolis Fosland, Barry Duane . . . . . . St. P a u l ~ e d e r s o n : Patricia Streckpr ..... s e d a n Friederichs, Suzan Barbara . . Mi?u~eapolis petersen,' ~ i a n ~e v e l i n . M i i ~ i ~ e a p o l i s Peterson, K i m Lowell ...... Minneapolis Gerdeen. Charlotte Ann Escctnabci. Mich. Peterson, Marie Annette ... Mini~enpolis Gesche. Connic Rae ~ l 7 , c '1~:nrflr Pfeiler, J e a n S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rrtshford Gilbcrtson, Diane M,arie . . M17111e~c]iolrs Pfleider, Carol J e a n . . . . . . Minnennolis lis Grow, R o ~ ~ a Fl ~ r ai n c ~ s. . . . . . M ~ t l ~ ~ c t ~ l ~ oPiper, Charles Michael . . . . . . iaeaiolis . . n l ; ~ r i r r o p ~ ~ l r sPoeschel, Ronald E. . . . . . . ..~.i nExcelsior Grotli, IIenry Frcdrick Gustafson, Dale Leonard . . . . . ~ i c l l J i e l d Prigge, Robin William .... . . , St. Pnzil . -:::: Habeck. Marearet Jeanne . . . Minneanolis Quanbeck, Helen M. ........ St. Paul 11alvrrs~n. 1i: Lester . . . . ~ i i ~ ? ! i ~ n ~ o l i s Hamilton. Linda Marie . . . . n'liitnc~clinlis Rake, Larry Burton . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hammar. Hobcrt C.. J r . . . . . nl711i1cr1poli.v Ranum. Bruce C. . . . Thief River Falls Hanse, Susan Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . Morris Ercvlwor R ~ f e D ~ a n- e K --a - v . . . . .......... Hanson. Betty Elaine . . . . . . Robbiilsdale ~ i ~ ~ d a Rondi hl. anic ice . . . . . . . . B r o o t o ~ Hanwick, Linda C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis robin so^^. Ricl~ardIIenry . . . M~nnenpolis Heide. Marilvn B. . . Alkabo. N. Dnk. Rosenq~tist, Stclla Kyllo . . . Wanniningo 11jeln;eland. ' ~ a u r e n e Carol ~ i ~ & r c c r ~ , ~ lRosvold, rs Ann Elaine ...... Cottonwood IIoel. Avis Corrine . . . . . . . . . . Miltllra~~ulls Rundell, Dale Michael . . . . . . Minneapolis . Minneapolis Hollstadt, Ronald Norman Holter, 0 Trygve . . . . . . . . . . .Min?teapolis Saari, Geoffrey W. ....... Sleepy Eye Hoversten. Allen R. . . . . . . . . Mini~eapolis Schmid, Lesley Kay Braham Hovland, Virginia Louise ...... St. Pazil Schornstein, James Arthur ... St. Paul Husby, Marvin Louis, J r . Menonlonie, Wis. Schutz, Charles W. . . . . . . . . . . . Zrinabrota St. P a u l Schwantes. George W. Jackson, Raul Anthony . . . Bro?ax, N.Y. Sidney. David Theodore Grafton. N. Dak. Jacobsen, David C. Miianeapolis Simonson. Fave L . Newinan Grove.. -Neb. - Jacobson. Loren Varland Mason City, In. Simpson, . ~ a i d r a A. ........... Spicer Jenke, James Michael ...... Ozuatoitna Spangenberg, Stanley Fred . . Fairmont Johnson. A n n Louise ......... St. P a u l Spiess, J a m e s Ronald ...... Minneapolis Star, Deanne M. ............ Minneapolis Steenson, Karen Henry . . . . . . Webster Stordahl. Sharon Ann . . . . . . Madelia l Strom. William F. . . . . . . . . . St. P - au ~. Johnson, Roger Gerald . . . . . . Wayzatn ~11tld111h. Mary Y\.onne . Miilncopolis Jorenby, Verlie Ann Block . . Minneapolis Sucloli, S n t o r ~.~ . . . Tsil C i t ~ Japan , J u n g , Wei Hin Kelowna, B.C., Canada swan so^^. Sharon ~ e e. . . . . . Goodridge Szepanski, William . . . . . . . . . Ricl~field Kalbcrg, Diane Carol . . . . . . Orloi~uillc Kasberg, Lee Carolyn . . . . . . Minneapolis Thompson, Dagmar V. Tacoma. Wash. Kelly. J n r k William . . . . Plrlnier, nlicl~. Thomuson. Lana Marie . . . . St. Paul Kelsey, Robert Carleton . . . . . . St. Paril ~ h o m p s o h ; ~ a r i l y n ~ ~ i a n i e - Lldii Klaman. Patricia J e a n ....... Minneanolis Marinette, Wis. Tjaden, Ann Marie ~ l a m m b r . Karen K a v ..... ~ u t c h ~ n s o l Todem. ~ Allen Krist ........ DeKalb, 111. ~ l e v o s .w - ~ ~ i i~i ri. t h ; ~ r. ~1rh-eL ~ l l i a n Tonder, Paul Larry ........ Minneapolis Kohout. Karen Lu Verne . . . Mtni~eapolis Torstenson, Dorthea A. Hake Alexandria I<rogsrud. Karla 1,isbcth ... Mri~ncapolis Kuehne, Richard E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Vadis, J a m e s Roger ......... Minneapolis Kyllonen. Donna J e a n ...... Minneapolis Vesterso, Anne B. ... Egeland. N. Dak. Kyvig. Margery L. ......... Starbtick Waldner, Garrett Warren . . . . . . Hector I.andeen, Richard Frank . . . S l i l l w u l e ~ ~ Walgren, Carla Rae ........ Minneapolis I.angager, Bruce Allen ..... Mii~neupolrs Walgren, Michael William . . Minneapolis ..... Still~uater Wallin, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minnenp,olis Lynn L ~ ~ n g n e s sGary . ........ ...... .......... ... .:. W e s t p h a l , W a r r e n A. ...... Minneapolis W h e e l e r . M a r k D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis W o l d , Eunice M. . . . . . . S i o u x C i t y , l a . .. Roseville A n d e r s o n , A l f r e d E d w i n R u g b y , N. D a k . Anderson. Daniel W . ...... Eaule B e n d Anderson. G a r v V . . . . . . . . Richfield Anderson. ~ o y c eMarie ~ p ; . i n g L a k e Park A s p l u n d , Lowell H . ......... Minneapolis A u g s t . Bonita A n n ...... Montgonteru A u s t i n , George Lionel ...... B r i d g e t o w n , B n ~ b n d o s ,Britisla W e s t Indies Bacon, N a n c y L e e ............ W i n d o i n B a u m , Donald F. ...... Z i o n G r o v e , Pa. B e r g , A r v i d S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brainerd Berg. E d y t h e E . . . . Czintberland. W i s . B e r g , M a r y A n n Holland . . . Minnenpolis B e r g h , Marie K . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis B e r g m a n , Eunice V . ...... M i n n e n ~ ~ o l i s Blosberg, G a r y K . ... Col7~ntbinHeights B o d i n , B e t t e Jane . . . . . . . . Riclafield B r o d i n , Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dnssel B u b o l t z . Larry G e n e . . Bnffrllo L a k e B u r r i , Phyllis Darlene . . . Decorah, In. Carter, Darryl G . . . . . . Coltlnl bin Heights Chilgren, K e i t h V . ........ Minneapolis Christopherson, A n i t a M. Elk M o u n d , W i s . Cogelow, Mary A n n . . . . . . . . . Willntnr C o l t v e t , Cordelia Elizabeth Estheruille. In. Dahl, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Dittbenner, S h a r o n J e a n .... S p e e p u E u e Dooies, Douglas K e i t h . . . . . . Minneapolis D y r u d , David L . . . . . . . S i l u e r t o n , O r e . D y r u d , K e i t h P . ............ N e w f o l d e n W o o l s o n , S h a r o n A n n . . . . . . . Hastings Y u e , H e n r y K a - H e n . . . . . . . . .Hong K o n g Z i e m a n n , K e n n e t h Charles Welconle ... Johnson, K i n n e y L e e . . . . . Minneapolis -- J o h n s o n , Ronald Howard Colz~nabia Heioltts .Tohnson. Sylvia Marie . . . \ V ~ I I ( I I I I ~ ; I ~ O K n m g , Kcndall A. . . . . nlinnen~~ol~s K e m h c s , Throdorc? ~;lcr,ts, ~ : r e ~ , c r Kildal. S h a r o n N a n c y Christensen P ~ n e Czl!j K i n e s b u r v . Richard W i l l i a m Minneanolis ~ l a g ~ Neil e , Owen ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s K l e m e n h a g e n , R o b e r t J . . . . . . . . Olivin K l e v e n , Carol J e a n ......... Minneapolis K r a n z . T h o m a s W . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul K u n z e , S h a r o n Mae . . . . . . . . . S t . Pazll K y l l o , S u s a n Lucille ......... Long L a k e L ~ n c l r y . Leonard R c v a e G o l t l e ~ l Vnlleli Langness. Carol J e a n W e l c h . Da?uson 1.al.son. Marilyn J O A I I I I. . . B!/<'I's,Colo. Larson, Merlin E . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hnnska Larson, Paul E d w i n ......... Minneapolis Larson. Ronald M. .............. Morn L e w i s , ' ~ m l i nF r a n k , Jr. . . . . . L i n d s t r o m L i n d b e r g , W a r r e n B . ........ Zim?ner?nan Livingston, F r a n k H e n r y . . Minneapolis L o f s t e d t , L i n d a E. . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul L u o m a , J o h n K e n n e t h . . . . . . Minneapolis L u t h a r d , Lois Elaine ......... H o f f m m a Martinson, Gerhard . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Martinson. L e R o v J. . . . . . . . . . . . . Edina Eberhart, T h o m a s V . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis E d i n , Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Staples Mattson. Janice I . ........... Alexand?-ia Eiler, J o h n E . . . . . . . . . Cn?anoia Falls McDonald, S t a n l e y A l l e n . . . M t . L a k e McIntyre, John A . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna E k e r e n , Constance Margit T h i e f R i v e r Falls Meyers. Daniel K . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Ellis, G a r y M. . . . . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n E l m e r . K a t h l e e n A n n . . . A r u.. ~ i l e .W i s . Miller, M a r y A n n ......... E d e n , S . D a k . Miller, S a l l y S u e ......., Minneapolis Engebretson, B r u c e A l a n Col?i?nbiri Heights Morreim, Dennis C l i f f o r d . . . Manclaeqter E n g e l , Dale L . ......... H o w a r d L a k e Nelson, L a r r y Charles ... G o l d e n V a l l e y E n s e r , Martha J a n e N e w R i c h m o n d , W i s . Nesland, J e a n Marie Bergenfield, N.J. Erickson. David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Par11 Ness. Marcia Ellen ......... H i n c k l e y E r v i n .. V i r g-i n i a M . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Fehlandt, Wayne A, . . . . . . . . . Hop-kins N e w h a m , Richard D. Minneapolis Scandia Nielsen, Marilyn Doris ~ i ~ steven l ~ ~~d~~~ ~ ~ ...... , M~~~~~ Feig, Charles T h o m a s . . . . . . Minneapolis Fieldhammer. Paul A l a n ... B l o o m i n g t o n Minneapolis N o b l e , T h e o d o r e G., Jr. Flittie, William Tron . . . N e w Brighton Fornell, Natalie Sheryll . . . B a r r o n , W i s . Ohlson, K a r e n Marie ...... Minneapolis Forslund, Margaret Christine . . C h a m p l i n Olson, D w i g h t C . .......... S t . Paul Francis, Donald R o b e r t . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul Olson. G a r v K . . . . . . . . . . .C a n n o n Rails Frederickson, K a t h r y n A . Poulsbo, W a s h . 0 l s o n : ~ t ~ t l i tMarian h . . . . . . Minneapolis Fredine, G a y L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson. I.ylc G c n c . . . . . . . . Minnenr~olis Freeberg, B r i a n M a r t i n . . L e w i s , W i s . Onstad, Peter Charles ....... Minneapolis Friberg, T e r r y l L . ........... Clarkfield Oppegard, Dawn Joyce Johnson W6nnonnnlin Friederichs. H e l e n M . . . . . . Minneapolis p"... Fundingsland, R o b e r t Arnold ~ i n n e a p o l i s osmundson. l g i z a b e t h .. ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ j u d li t h i ~ .~. ~ , l w i s , ~ O s t r o m~. ~ i t r i~c i a Louise ~ . . . . ,. . Ogilvie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gjerde. Mark Luthard Richfield O y e n , Hildur Marie Poulsbo. W a s h . G r i n d a l , Gracia Marie ...... Richfield G u d m e s t a d , Julie Ann ...... Minneapolis Patenaude, David L . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville Paulson, Leslie N.. J r . R i v e r Falls. W i s . G u n d e r s o n , David G l e n . . S t . P a z ~ lPark G u s t a f s o n , Gail E t h e l y n . . . . . . . . D u l u t h P a u t z , Roger Carl . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis G u s t a f s o n , Gerald L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Pearson, Lois A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a n b y Pedersen. Elizabeth Jane Chicago, 111. P e r k i n s , ' ~ a m u e l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Halvorson. J o A n n Margaret . . . Brainerd Peterson, C a l v i n A. . . . . . . . . C l a r k f i e l d H a m b e r g , G l e n n E . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson. Joanne K a t h e r i n e Minneapolis Hamilton. Lois L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo Peterson, Lois J . . . . . . . . . . Decorah, l a . H a m l i n , iferald B . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n Peterson, Mary Carolyn ... Minneapolis Hanggi, Marlene L . . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul Peterson, Philip L u t h e r . . . Minneapolis Hansen, A n n e Marie M o n t e n Minneapolis Petroskey. J o h n Ernest . . . . . Robbinsdale Hanson, J o y c e A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B e n s o n Hanson. Philip Laurel . . . . . . Minneapolis R a s m u s s e n , L i l a h Ann . . . . . . Minneapolis H a r p , Lois Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis R e u s s . G a r v D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H o f f m a n Heere. Gelene ... Buffalo Lake -- . -.. , Marearet - - -H i n z , ~ o b e A ~ i d n e y l , : .. . . . ~ o i i t hH a v e n ~ e u i s ; G U ~ D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f m q n R e y n o l d s , J u d i t h A r l e n e . . . . . Minneapolzs Hochsteller. N a n c y ...... A n t e r y , W i s . R i d g e w a y . L e e A n n . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Holtan, George W . . . . . . . . . . . . D a w s o n R o b a c k , I. Patricia S t e e n s o n Minneapolis Hoseth. Donald M . . . . . . . . . T w o Harbors N e w Prague R o b i n s o n , K e n n e t h B r u c e . . . Minneapolis H u b e r , Sandra L . Robinson. Paul W a y n e ... C a n n o n Falls H u s e b y , J a n e ................. P e n n o c k R o s e , Richard C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hustad, Ronald C . ........... Minneapolis .... ...... ...... ..... .........." ......... ~ ~ 133 ~ ~ Sather, James Kent ........ Minneapolis Savolainen, James William Negaunee. Mich. Scholla. Larrv Richard . . . . . . . . . Hector Schoumaker, Linda Jeanne . ~ i n n e a p o l i s Seburg, E. Cheryl Domeier Minnetonka Shelstad, Jeffrey Milo . . . . . . Minneapolis Sideen, Neil Charles ......... St. Paul Simonson. Terry Arnold . . . Minneapolis Skurdahl, Clayton 0. ......... Madison Stephen, Linnea Marie . . . . . Minneapolis Stiefel, Winslow Alan . . . St. Paul Park Stone, Dale Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . Fridley Minneapolis Stone, Howard Walter Strecker, Priscilla A. . . . . . . . . . . . Sedan Strommen. Steven Terrance St. James Svanoe, Miriam Kareen . . . . . . . . Edina Swanson, Shirley Marie ... Red Wing Swenson, David Adair . . . . . Minneapolis ...... Taeger, David Alan Elroy Trout Creek. Micl~. Tessman, William Richard . . Minneapolis Thompson, Byron Thomas . . . Benson Thompson, Charles R. . . . . . Northfield Thompson, Judy Rae Ann . . Brainerd Thyren, Gary W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Tinseth, Karen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus Tofte, Sharon Ann . . . . . . Wallace, S. Dak. Tolzman, Virginia Joyce . . . Minneapolis Torstenson, Carol Phyl . . . . . . Minneapolis Torstenson, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . Dawson Triden, Kathleen Ann ...... Minnetonka Tyson, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman Uden, Larry Arthur Urban, Darrell B. ......... Minneapolis ......... Robbinsdale Vagle, Virgil David . . . . . . . . Lake Bronson Viken, Gary Arthur . . . . . . Minneapolis Vincent, Thomas Lowell . . . . . Minneapolis Volden, Kristina Mae ...... Viroqua, -Wis. Wagner, Wanda . . . . . . . . . Dwight, Ill. Walker. Mary Ann . . . Clear Lake. Ia. Warren, David Bruce . . . New Brighton Wehner, Catherine Ann . . . Bloomington Wessman. Quentin Frederick. I1 Minneapolis West, Lyndon W. . . . . . . . . . . . Clarkfield Wiegers, Haven Fairmont Sauk Centre Wiger. Loren D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus Wilson, Joy R. . . . . . . Clear Lake, Wis. Wulkan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Zeller, Robert Mitchell . . . . . . . . . St. Paul SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Graduates - 1870-1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3112 Graduates - 1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 Graduates - 1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3496 ENROLLMENT SUMMARY AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1964-1965 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Wolmen Total Men Women Total Class Senior ................... Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman ................ Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurs'e (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 140 151 278 40 0 0 0 0 87 208 121 261 161 312 244 522 -43 84 41 41 49 49 41 41 88 88 TO875 160% 108 128 155 263 34 0 0 0 0 688 85 193 115 243 153 308 235 498 28 62 ,39 39 42 42 25 25 82 82 - 804 1492 TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Men Class Senior ............................. . 123 Junior ............................... 144 Sophom,ore .......................... 157 Freshman ............................ 285 Special .............................. 49 Fr. Nurse (D. H.) .................... 0 Fr. Nurse (F. H.) ..................... 0 Fr.Nurse(M.H.) .................... 0 Fr. Nurse (S. H.) ..................... 0 Total ............................... 758 Women Total TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1964-1965 Men Students ...................................... 758 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1647 Deducting those clounted more than cmce ................. 2 . 1645 - AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 19651966 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore .............. Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr . Nurse (D H.) ......... Fr. Nurse (F. H.) Fr . Nurse (M H.) ......... Fr . Nurse (S. H.) ......... Total .................... . .......... . 131 132 209 292 41 0 0 1 0 101 132 171 267 24 42 42 39 80 232 264 380 559 65 42 42 40 80 106 128 194 288 32 0 0 0 0 806 898 1704 748 89 195 126 254 169 363 259 547 26 58 42 42 36 36 35 35 78 78 860 1608 TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Men Class Senior ...............................132 Junior ...............................136 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Freshman ............................ 302 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Fr . Nurse (D H.) ..................... 0 Fr . Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr . Nurse (M. H.) ..................... 1 0 Fr . Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833 . Women Total 101 134 178 273 33 43 42 39 80 923 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1965-1966 Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833 . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 923 . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1756 135 INDEX Academic Administration Accounts. Payment of Accreditation . . . Administration . . . . Admission . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement . Advanced Standing . . . . Affiliation . . . . . . Aims and Objectives . Archives, The . Art. Department of . . Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . Attendance. Chapel . . . . . Attendance. Class . . . . . Awards . . . . . . . . . . Biology. Department of . . 51. 100 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 12 Board of Regents . . . 118 Bookstore . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . 9 Business Administration . 53. 101 . . . 55. 101 Business Education Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . 44 Chapel Service. The . . . 26 . . . . . . . . . . 57. 102 Chemistry Classical Languages . . . . 5 9 Classification of Students . 44 30 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaching Endorsement 68 Co-curricular Program . . . . 29 Committees of the Faculty . 120 Comprehensive Examinations . 46 43 Conditions . . . . . . . . . Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Corrective Therapy . . . 97 Costs . . . . . . . . . . 12 Counseling . . . . . . . . . 36 . . . . . . 48 Courses of Study Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . 99 Art . . . . . . 99 Biology . . . . . . . . 100 Business Administration . . 101 Business Education . . . . 101 Chemistry . . . . . . . 102 Dentistry . . 102 Economics . . . . . 102 103 Elementary Education . Engineering . . 104 English ,105 French . . . . . . . . . . 105 General Liberal Arts . 99 105 German . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . 106 106 Health and Physical Ed. High School Teaching . . . . 103 History . . . . . . . . . 108 Mathematics 1 0 8 109 Medical Technology . . Medicine . . . . . . . . . 109 Ministry . . . . . . . 114 Music . . . . . . . . . . 110 .. 11 1 Natural Science Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . 111 . . . . . . . . . . 112 Physics . 112 Political Science Psychology . . . . 112 .... . . . . 113 Religion Scandinavian . . . . 113 . . . 113 Secretarial Work Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 114 . . 115 Social Science . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . 115 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 102 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 43 Distinction. Degree with . . . . 48 Divisional Organization . . 30. 96 Dramatics . 54. 102 Economics . . . . . Education. Department of . . 61 Education. Elementary . 61. 103 Education. Secondary . . 62. 103 42 Electives . . . . . . . . 34 Eligibility Requirements Employment . . . 22 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . 104 English. Department of . . 63. 105 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Entrance Requirements 23 . . 46 Examinations . .. . . 12 Expenses Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 14 Financial Information . . . . . . 12 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73. 105 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870-1 965). Summary of . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Numbering of Courses . . . . . 48 Nursing. Affiliation with . - 9 6 Schools of . . . . Objectives and Aims . . . . . Organizations. Student . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and Physical Ed . 67. 106 Health Service . . . . . 37 High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . 103 . . . . 7 Historical Sketch History . . . . . . . . . . . . 70. 108 Honors . . . . . . . .34. 43. 97 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . 96 37 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the . . 48 . . . . . 43 Incompletes Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . 32 Journalism Junior Year Abroad , . . 65 97 Laboratories. Natural Science 11 60 Latin . . . . . Liberal Arts Curriculum 99 . . . . . . . . 10 Library .. 63 Library Science . . . . . . . 14 Loan Funds Location . . . . . . . . . 2, 3 Majors . . . . . . Mathematics . . . . . Medical Technology Medicine. Pre-Medic Membership in Educational 2 Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . Ministry, Preparation for the 114 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Modern Languages, Department of . . . . . . . . . 73 Music, Department of . . . 78, 110 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Musical Organizations . . . 31, 81 . . . . . . 42 . . . 72. 108 . . 96. 109 Courses 109 8 30 36 Payment of Accounts . . . . . 13 36 Personnel Services. Student . Philosophy. Department of 82. 111 . 32. 67 Physical Education Physics. Department of . . 83. 112 Placement Service for . . . . 39 Graduates 9 Plant. The Physical . . . . Political Science . . . . 86. 112 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . 114 Probation . . . . . . . . . . 45 Psychology. Department of . . 88. 112 Publications . . . . . . . 29 , Records Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . 26. Refunds . .... Regents. Board of .. Registration . . . . Registration. Change of . . . Religion. Department of . 89. Religious Program Repeating Courses . . Requirements. Graduation Room Costs 37 32 13 118 4 3 44 113 27 43 41 12 Scandinavian Studies 76. 113 . . . . . . . . . 16 Scholarships Secretarial Courses 56. 113 137 Social and Recreational . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Activities Social Sciences. Division of the 49 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Sociology. Department of 92. 115 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77. 105 Special Programs of Study . . 96 Speech. Department of . . 94. 116 Student Activities. Coordination of . . . . . . . . 39 Student Government . . . . . . . . 28 Student Personnel Services . 36 Suspension of Students . 26. 45 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Teacher's Certificate . . . . 61. 103 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . 24 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 12 University Courses . . . . . . . . . Upper Division Requirements . 46 41 American Studies Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program An Interdepartmental Major Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments., The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M. A. in library science and the M. A. T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U. S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. MAJOR: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of founaation cou se (29 cr8 .); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar Be of concentrated study. m e The required core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science and Religion, aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and preserit, and introduce him to tile methodologies of various disciplines. English 35: Major .American Writers (5crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer* lkm. (5 cre.) Political Science 21: American Gov't 11, American National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses, to be talcen in a minimum of three departments, the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study would attempt to accomplish this. Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 32: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 35 History 55: Twentieth Century United States (4 crs.) History 56: History of U. S. Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, Politics and the Fed. System (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 20-21 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20-21 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (4 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psyc. 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) with permission of instructor. Religion (Sociology) 55: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Sociology 43: The Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. (over) p? 139 American Studies .courses required: I 95 Seminar .# ," 4 crs. 1 - 3 1 Focuses ob a,limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source materials from various dieciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. .,... . "I *A 5 crs*, ,I-. 99 Independent Study ., Major themes or topics cutting across course,s;elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. Sample Curriculum in American St1 Term I1 Freshman year a I11 Sophomore year . : 5 e : u b , I ,I Religion 11 - I Religion 21 .I: ! n. . . . ! . 4 Englfsh 11-12 -. Foreign Lang. History 1,or 2 or 3 4 ' i!.&1FlNat. Sci. or Math. Sociology 11 4 Phil. 21 Foreign Lang. 5 5 Eng. 35 History 21-22 5 5 Pol. Sci. 20-21 Phys. Act. 1 1/3 - 113 Total 13 113 15 113 14 113 Total I Term I1 5 - . , , p + , 'I Junior year, Economics : .22'. Speech or Lit ., (exc. Eng. '87) Art I or Music 30 I' Hist. 55 Psych. 81 SOC. 42 soc. 43 Religion 6 3 . . Phil. 65 Electives (non-maj Total .: .. Senior year , ' * * * * * 4 4 4 4 or) , A . 16 *~lectiv~s in: the major * Religion 59 * pol.-sci. 70 * Hist. 56 * Educ. 87 * Educ. 82 * Pol. sci; 22 :, Amer. Studies 95 h e r . Studio8099 Electives . . (ndn-major) Total 'b I11 4 5-6 4 4 5 NEW COURSES OFFERED I N 1967-68 A r t 40 Speech 40 -- IIntroduction n t r o d u c t i o n t o Cinema A r t s t o Cinema A r t s Winter Term Winter Term Analysis and c r i t i c i s m of s i g n i f i c a n t . f i l m s ; emphasis on t h e r o l e of f i l m i n s o c i e t y and on a p p r e c i a t i o n of film a s an art form . Math. 61 - Linear Algebra F a l l Term A course intended t o a i d i n making t h e t r a n s i t i o n from t h e concrete t o t h e a b s t r a c t . Such, t o p i c s as elementary matrix a l g e b r a and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e physical and s o c i a l sciences; l i n e a r equations; v e c t o r spaces and l i n e a r transformations; u n i t a r y and orthogonal transformations; t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c equation of a matrix and b i l i n e a r , quadratic, and Hermitian f o r m a r e presented. /&ereq. : 43, ~ 3 1 1 7 - Computer F a l l , Winter Science 45- I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computer Science Theory of modern d i g i t a l computers. Terms as algorithms, flow c h a r t s , s t o r a g e , c o n t r o l , input-output u n i t s , and simulation a r e defined. Includes a survey of computer a p p l i c a t i o n s . A p a r t i c u l a r computer language i s presented and used t o solve a v a r i e t y of problems. /&ereq. : Math. 42, F a l l term; None, Winter. F a l l , Winter 7 Fall. term, tcis course i s intended f o r those who have had Math. 42. Winter term, t h i s course i s open t o a l l students. P h i i . zr - Introductions t o Ethics Desfgned p r i m a r i l y f o r non-majors P h i l . 51 - Symbolic Logic Spring Term d e s i r i n g a second course i n philosophy. Approaches e t h i c s through a consideration of movements, such as r e l a t i v i s m , naturalism, e t c . ; o r problems, such a s t h e nature of t h e good, conscience, e t c . ; o r important f i g u r e s , such as P l a t o , Kant, Hume, e t c . P r e r e q u i s i t : Phil.. 21 Winter Term T r e a t s deduction and t h e a n a l y s i s of statements by m a n s of s p e c i a l symbolc. Topics include t h e method of induction, p r o p o s i t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s and q u a n t i f i e r s , t h e l o g i c of r e l a t i o n s , t h e concept of a n axiom system. Prereq. 23 o r # Winter . P h i l . 65 - American Philosophy F a l l Term American thought from c o l o n i a l times t o t h e present: Puritanism, t h e Revolutionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. n e r e q . 21. F a l l . Pol. S c i . 42 - Communist Foreign P o l i c i e s Spring Analysis of t h e motivation. formulation, and implementation of f,oreign p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , w i t h emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. Prereq. : 51 o r 60. 141 . 5 la" - Developmental. Psychology: Psych. 52 - _ :: m d Psych. 51 Psych. 53 . . Ch'i.ld F a l l Term DBvelopment ,of p r s . o n a l i t y :and/or .behavior of children, with emphasis on t h e o r e t i c a l consideratians and empirical findings regarding s o c i a l i z a t i o n , cognition, family r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and general psychological development. LFrerequisite : Psych. 5 and c o n c u r r e n t , r e g i s t r a t i o ni n o r completion of s t a t i s t i c d I3evelopmental Psychology: Adolescent Winter Term Development of personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of adolesce.nts, with, emphasis on theory and .empirical f i n d i n g s regardi'ng physical and sexual deveLopment, paren%-child relationships, i d e n t i t s i and t h e peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and s o c i a l c l a s s d i f f e r e n c e s . L g e r e q u i s i t e : Sane as above7 - - Developmental Psychology: Adult Spring Term Development of :personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of a;dults, with s p e c i a l emphasis on young a d u l t s . Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, i n t e r e s t s and vobational choice, s e x u a l i t y , adjustment and behavior change. Adult Psychology w i l l close with a b r i e f discussion of findings i n g e r i a t r i z psychology. @erequisite : same as ab o v d I . . 143 145 147 149 151 153
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1968-1969
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1968-1969
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89 ' I -; __.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<" -<..�-( AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 --GVLLiCii AUGSBURG -.- PROFILE AFFILIATION Augsburg Coll...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89 ' I -; __.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<" -<..�-( AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 --GVLLiCii AUGSBURG -.- PROFILE AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. MEMBERSHIPS SETTING Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. ACCREDITATION COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 29 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the Augsburg College campus. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in science ~ ~ at1the1 corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Write to the Office of Admissi,ons, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 332-5181. ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 S 1 8 15 22 29 SEPTEMBER 1968 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 OtTOBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 1 8 15 22 29 DECEMBER 1968 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 JANUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SUMMER SESSION 1968 June 24 July 4 Aug. 2 ...........(Mon.) ............ Final registration and beginning of classes ............(Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday ............ (Fri.) ................. Final examinations ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69 FALL TERM Sept. Sept. Sept. Nov. Nov. Nov. 5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week 9, 10 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration 11 .......... (Wed.) ...................... Classes begin 19 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes 20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations 27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. (Mon.) .................... Classes resume Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 26-March 4 ... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations March 5-10 ....... (Wed.-Mon.) ................ Term break ... ... SPRING TERM March 10 .......... (Mon.) ...................... Registration March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin April 2, 9:00 p.m. .. (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins April 8, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 26-30 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement ... - ' ;:,, ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970 AUGUST 1969 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 , S 2 9 16 23 30 SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY 1970 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 31 JANUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969 . . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and beginning of classes July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday July 18 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) July 21 Aug. 8 ............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969 ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) . . . Freshman Welcome Week Sept. 8, 9 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration Sept. 10 ........... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes Nov. 19-25 . . . . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations Nov. 26-Dec. 2 . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 2 ............. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. ... (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 25-March 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 25-29 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement S 2 9 16 23 30 A I M S A N D OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS TO contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute t o the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the ChrGtian Church; in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate s ruth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and. experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that ,will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each GENERAL INFORMATION student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service t o God and man. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t,o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks t o preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and. students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194% 49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, phys- ics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely -..,+-,: functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There is an observation lounge a t the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in- corporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen. dean of women a t Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. THE ARCHIVES - The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters i n d pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. LIBRARY FACILITIES - The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 7,000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first-floor reading room. The library subscribes to nearly 600 of the best periodi- cals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Curregt issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1968-69 COMPREHENSIVE FEE Includes tuition, board and room and College Center fees as described below. (per year) $- 2,270.00 - - - TUITION - New freshmen entering September, 1968 (per year) $ 1,400.00 This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years. In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate, upon application and approval, may be extended for a fifth year. Transfer students and returning students not on a prior year-guaranteed plan. (per year) $ 1,300.00 Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per term) (per credit hour) $ -3880 Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit. BOARD AND ROOM Residence Halls Honor Houses (upper-class students only) The board plan provides 21 meals per week. (per year) (per year) $ _ 840.00 $ 795.00 OTHER REQUIRED FEES College Center Fee (per year) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee Required of all new students, non-refundable. Initial Payment-New Students Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1968. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable or refundable. Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students Required by July 1, 1968, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1968. Breakage Deposit Required of all resident students. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SPECIAL FEES Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel or add) r Late registration after classes begin (per day) Placement re-registration (for alumni) Graduation fee Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy Arrangements for special examinations are made in Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule on file. $ 30.00 $ 10.00 $ 100.00 $ 25.00 $ 20.00 $ $ $ $ $ 2.00 2.00 5.00 15.00 1.00 SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science Student Teaching Improvement of Reading Music Lessons (10 per term) Practice Studio Rental Organ (one hour per day) Piano or Voice (one hour per day) OTHER COSTS Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore. Estimated costs (per year) $ Linen service, required in residence halls (per year) $ Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add (per year) $ $ SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the beginning of each term except that for the fall term payments will be due on or before August 20, so that all necessary processing of financial arrangements can be completed in time to clear the student for registration. - In some cases, more frequent and smaller payments may be--necessa~ or desirable. Information on this mode of payment will be forwarded with the statement of charges in August. Students using this service will pay a carrying charge. %. REFUNDS If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated above, except that board is refunded on a proportionate basis. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges. 100.00 27.00 300.00 to 400.00 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal form each year. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured Loan program. Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average o~f 3.0 (B average). TO qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50. Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective. Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 to $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their ma)or department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying choral music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the College. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic success. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. 1 The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. -- in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student d outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to seIected students preparing for Christian senrice. I The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of smial work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Donran. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and I . I I deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships d varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald of Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes t o study at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway set up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. - 3 The Carl Fwse Memorial -h~ 'p was established i 1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry a t Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. I 3 The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistrv. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi'ochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student omf chemistry a t Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award ia made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship w a s established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. I GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT An employment assists students the school year, and off-campus II service, located in the Student Personnel Office, in obtaining part-time remunerative work during Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus jobs are available. I ADMISSION APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting, writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well in advance of this date. An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition. An interview on campus is encouraged. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high scho'ol, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular pal-ticipation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for graduation is based on work taken a t Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. CAMPUS q- There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a whoiesome spirit of ~hristianc&rnunity living. :,!, I. !<i THE CHAPEL SERVICE At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students and faculty. COMMISSION OF RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God. As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish programs and policies that contribute to this end. . ''? "' , !> - It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first d, .. '!D . :lf: ,* - dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or a t any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAM In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances, talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system a t Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming a t Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting to attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium. The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are cu-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement. The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club is composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the band tours annually to various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band and the Symphonia. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS -- PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. - ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who ,have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. Institutional services t o students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Sewice, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES ADMISSIONS 0 Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes a s the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if a t all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achieve~ment,student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginnicg of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All students not living a t home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available to students living in houses. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is isfactory and the key is returned. and fee the sat- GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the Office of Student Activities. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior standing in fall of 1968) 4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50. 5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken. 6. Proficiency in English, 7. The last year of course work at Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he has had four years or more of one foreign language. In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course d science have ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also. Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature will be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literature course by permission of the instructor. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration: Accounting Business Administration: Finance Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number o,f credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are considemd separate departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 (or 186) credits re uired for the degree. d - rn I PROFICIENCY IN WRITING All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and. must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 8 4 . 0 grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79+ grade average Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years d work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition auto~maticallybecomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received a t the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit registration in determining load and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record oi B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount o,f their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires to make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the term. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration a t the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours with at least twice that number of grade points: Credits Grade Points 36 72 Sophomore 84 168 Junior 130 260 Senior Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall average entering in as an additional factor. First-year students with a grade point average of 1.5 or below Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits of F. In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term. A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo,wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance, is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by- freshmen are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 4 9 for sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per term. DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department of English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech DIVISION o'f NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman Department d Biology Department of Chemistry Department of Health and Physical Education Department of Mathematics Department of Physics 7 [7 DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Geography Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology 0 AMERICAN STUDIES Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments. The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. Major: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses (29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 ( 5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study. The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies of various disciplines. The following are required core courses: English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer. Dem. (5 crs.) Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99, would attempt to accomplish this. From the following elective courses the student must choose a minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments: Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45 History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.) History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 21 or 22 Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't; Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 2&2 1 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. # Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC. 11 Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. American Studies courses (required): 95 Seminar 4 crs. Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. For majors or #. (Winter) 99 Independent Study 5 crs. Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. For majors only. (Spring) MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND, MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence DEPARTMENT The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. ART OF In additim k) t & catrseS h cm?& sbi&enbhave the opportunity to study and 18us-s witk A* ~oI(3er~ M s t in residence, problems & &rtpd&t@ tp Wm&&gd' M e d && windows. David in W m 6 e i & ap%ihH@Ws those interested Westphal, &ek&a-@er in film making as a fine art medium. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85. Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. I t is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. 1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. C3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring, 1 7 DRAWING - 2 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 DRAWING Figure drawing. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2 crs. 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. [4 lect., 2 double labs. Fall, Winter.] 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-70.1 1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN 4 crs. A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 19'6849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.] 1 51 CERAMICS I1 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 1 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 67 PRINT MAKING I 4 crs. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] H 68 PRINT MAKING II 4 crs. Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.] H 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [ 4 double labs. Prereq. 7, 8, 21. Winter, 196SG9. Spring, 1969-70.1 H 8 3 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] H 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.] H 85 ART HISTORY Ill 4 crs. Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present. [Spring.] H 99 STUDIO Ill 2-5 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second course in the studio area and#.] DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY MR. SULERUD, chairman, RIR. HERFORTH, RIR. RIICKELBERG, MR. THORPE, 1MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical technology students. Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option I1 may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others whose intended careers require relat,ively more w-ork in biology and somewhat less in the related sciences. Option I : 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21, 22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis (Chem. 53). Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry, normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem. 53) ; introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent). Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6). Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. Biology 1 and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6. I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 5 crs. The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed to enter Biology 12 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall, Spring.] 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 4, 4 crs. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab. Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.] Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only. [Prereq. : Chem. 3. 3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.] 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term : vertebrate anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. :12. Fall.] 53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Winter.] 61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. [ 4 lect., 2 doi~blelab. Prereq. : 12. Fall, 1969.1 63 PLANT TAXONOMY 5 crs. Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1968.1 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and an introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] 72 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect., 1 double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.] 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consfderation of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] U P P E R DIVISION COURSES 8 1 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1 91, 92, 93 SEMINAR I cr. each Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics may concern the history and philosophy of science a s well as current literature. Biology majors a r e required to register for a t least two terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1-5 crs. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research project. [Prereq. : Previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.) MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK, MR. TEDEFAIAK Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND BUSLNESS EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Major in Business Administration-Accounting: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61. Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad. 61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be allowed by permission. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 31 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. [Fall.] 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prereq. : 1 , 2 . F a . 1 W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.] 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1 UPPER DIS-ISION COURSES . . . . 78 INVESTMENTS I 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Spring, 196849.1 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING :L ' 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.] 82 TAX ACCOUNTING concerns with 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 31 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad. 1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended for those planning on graduate study in economics. Minor : 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23. 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] . . . . . 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national income and employment, money and banking, monetary-fiscal policy, economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc. [Prereq. : 22. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: 23. Fall.] 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.] . 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 196!+70.] 91 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Fall.] 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a E p portunity for the develcpment of business skills for personal use. II Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Rus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with bvo years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the business field. I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.] 10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 4 crs. Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing and organization of records in the office. r 4 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Spring.] 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. [5 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Fall.] 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate;ial dictated a t speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [ 5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq. : 1or equiv. Winter.] 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. [Fa.] DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG, MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and (4) the chemical profession. I -!! ?> I : . The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to majo: in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 40 credits, including Chenl. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 61, 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly recommended for graduate study. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] 5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY 6,6 crs. An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 crs. Designed for medical technology and other students v.ho desire less than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq. : 5 or 15. Spring.] 5 1 , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION I 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 or 6 crs. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5. [4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.] 1 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math. 42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter. 1 I 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq.: 52, 61, and some rending knowledge of German. Spring.] 1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schredinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems. [4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] I 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques. [3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 53, 62 or #. Fall.] I 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. [4 lect., 1four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.] I 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.] DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICAL LANGUAGES MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latii 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Greek, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. I 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections frcm classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq. : 12. Spring.] 51, 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the .book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.] 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 4 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. [Offered on demand. Spring.] 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. CPrereq. : 52. Offered on demand.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg. Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine, and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VERGlL 5 crs. Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] ECONOMICS See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0 over-all. Both a r e expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major and 2.0 general average a t this point. Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 21 or 22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 0 crs. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq. : Psych. 5. Fall.] 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC - 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. See under Department of Art. 1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 1 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS, READING 6 crs. Objectives and techniques in the language arts: listening, speaking, writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.] 1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 2 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE 15 crs. Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. CPrereq. : # Fall, Winter.] . I 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 crs. Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq.: 65, 56 or #. Spring.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54, 59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 0 cr. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq. :50. Spring.] 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS 4 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. [Prereq.: 50. Spring.] / 8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. [Prereq.: Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] 10 crs. 84 STUDENT TEACHING Experience in observing and directing learning experiences at the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of s~ecializationin education. Each student does research and resents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities ; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DMSION COURSES 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Fall.] 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.] W 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. 13 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] GEOGRAPHY 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY, MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT, MRS. TRAUTWEIN The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, Encluding, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required. Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are also required. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives. Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor. Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62. Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. 4 crs. H I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] E 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] H 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. rWinter.1 H 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 32 CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE J UPPER DMSION COURSES The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.] . 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. I I I I ..,. .. I :3:. A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. [Spring.] 61 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. I .. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or --. ,. 'II , #. Fall.] * 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. .:, Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] 72 MODERN FICTION . 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.] I I 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.] 78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY " 4 crs. A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. : 31 or 32 or #. Spring.] . -. I .,,, 9 > !:: ,I.>- < I W 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Winter, 1969-70.1 . 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1 1 Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading and analysis. [Prereq.: 47. ' w . .+, Spring.] 86 MILTON >, 4, 5 crs. 84 SHAKESPEARE ; 3 t ;*; r: . 4 cr?. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61 I or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 - 88 CHAUCER - 4 crs. Study of Chaucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 1 .,, 3 I -- 90, 91, 92 ENGLISH SEMINAR 3, 3 , 3, crs. Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91, a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. 190, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GEOGRAPHY See under Department of Education. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER, MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and SOC. 31, and Biol. 6. Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches atering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are required to have at leas€ rz coaching endorsement In the field nf ph~~sical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, mack, hockey, w~estling,and baseball. 4 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. [2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.] 4 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. 110 hrs. per week. Fall.] 4 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Aid card. Winter.] Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard -st 4 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : I5ol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.] 4 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 4 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 2 crs, Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wcimen. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION W 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM 4 crs. Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.] W 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] W 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] W 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.] W 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical Education. Open only to majors. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON, MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for s e c o n d w teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' undersfandiny 2nd appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and lo enhmce students' effectiveness as contributing members of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. W 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD SETTING 4, 4, 4 crs. Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to 1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.] 5, 5 crs. W 21, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. C21, Fall, .Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] W 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY See under Department of Modern Languages. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 crs. W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, the background of WorM War I and World War 11, and the coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. : 22, Winter.) W 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 4 crs. The relationship of ,foreign policy to general American development is stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.] 1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War TI. [Fall.] 1 6 1 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] 1 62 ENGLAND TO 17 14 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 4 crs. 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent of instructor. Winter.] 1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's t o 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.] 1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE 4, 4 crs. The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 4 crs. Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.] 1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS 3 crs. Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education , DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD, MRS.NAUCK The Department of Mathematics aims to develor, the student's knowledee and sk31 in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical Galues, and the backgroud for teaching and for professional and graduate study. - - ~- - ---- Major: 24 credits above 43, including 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84. Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80, 83, 84. Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92. . . . Minor: 12 credits above Math. 43. See under Curriculums for suggested course of study. 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13, Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.] 40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I 5 crs. An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14 (or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.] 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV 5, 5, 5 crs. (Calculus1 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42, Spring. 43, Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathema. tics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential eguations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods ; and an intrduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq. : 43. Winter.] . 61 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 crs. A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. FaU.] W 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] W 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4 crs. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] W 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA 4, 4 crs. The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view. Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 52, Winter. 73, Spring.] W 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.] 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. £5, Spring.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one h w ~ rper week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. Fall, Winter, Spring.] COMPUTER SCIENCE 45 COMPUTER SCIENCE 4 crs. Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined. Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.: Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.] MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums I* MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate study. The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. FRENCH Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63, 64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64. . Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. C<)r.tinui.s traininp in ii~tral-oral skills, structure of the language and reading cnmprchrnsior? that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading h~.xrledgrnccded for general pursuits. Grammar review, selectcd rcndinz and Ia h(:ri.:itl)?y practice included. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. Fall, . . Winter, Spring.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French. [Prereq. : 2 or UPPER DIVISION COURSES # .5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. [Prereq. :6 or # .Fall.] 56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION 5, 5 crs. The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor. Spring. Offered on demand.] 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, disn required cussion, oral and written reports in the language. On for the major. [Prereq. :55 or #.I I H 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #. Spring, 1969.1 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion. reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or # . Spring, 1970.1 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.] H 92 FRENCH SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on demand.] H 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH 2-5 crs. Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq. : 55, 63, 64 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN 0 Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5 , 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 4, 4 crs. A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] H 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSlTlON 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.] UPPERD~VISION COURSES 56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5, 5 crs. Topics dealing with the intellectual, geographic, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lectures supplemented with demonstration materials. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55, or #. 56, Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.] 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1968-69.1 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. I t is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN 5, 5 crs. Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 4, 4 crs. A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Nor- wegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 1969-10.1 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con- ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1969-70.1 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the department chairman. [Spring.] 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson, Strindberg, Lag-erkvist, Munk. and other twentieth centurv dramatists. Lectures will stress 1bsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of aUscandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written \vork in the Norwegian language. [Spring, 196849.1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1969-10.1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74,' 84; and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64. . Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH . . . . 4, 4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall, Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq. : 6 or equiv. Fall.] 56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5 crs. Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS 5 crs. An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. Laboratory work. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1 W 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.: 55. Spring.] 92 SEMINAR . 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter. Offered upon demand.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF, MR. GABRIELSEN, MISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SAVOLD, MRS. THUT, MR. VUICICH The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant. Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of the college music organizations. ,q.+(5IL, t ,I . - -Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one ; of the college music organizations. " Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1 - 3 , 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year as a member of one of the college music o~ganizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency exarnination by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: ( a ) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces ( b or c) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study. l THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, lriads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance test. Fall.] 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writing two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] 21 THEORY 5 4 crs. Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.] 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1964-101. 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. UPPER DIVISION Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES materials, and techniques. [Spring.] 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] 1 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 4 crs. 1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.] 1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. [4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS, STRING INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year is required of participants. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. 13 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES Membership is by audition or consent of director. C2 rehearsals per wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.] MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BATLEY, MR. CHRISTENSON, MR. JOHNSRTJD The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1)to make a significant cmnlribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of their colIege major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program of study for st~rdcnts who desire to complete a major or minor in philosophy. Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 81 or 4 credits of 99. Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the 23 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL 4 crs. A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] I 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.] I 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Fall, 196849.1 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and procedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] m 65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present. Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.] 71 ETHICS An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Winter, 1968-69.1 73 METAPHYSICS An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq. : # Winter, 1969-70.1 . 75 EPISTEMOLOGY An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: #. Fall, 1969-70.1 + '3, '! 'M. 1 2 1, 2 2 , 2 3 GENERAL PHYSICS 5, 5, 5 crs. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 1 53 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 61 ELECTRONICS 5 crs. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits bef&e introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 5 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. 14 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 1 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] I cr. 1 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4,4 crs. Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN .4ugsburg's offerings in political science are intended 10 facilitate an undersianding of the processes, concepts, and insliitltions of governance : to probide an intelIectua1 basis for effective and informed citizenship; and to help prepare interested students lor additional work at the graduate or pr'ufessiona! level, in such areas as lax\-, politicdl science, public administradon, and internationa1 rel?.tions. Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics (Soc. 6l). PoUticnl science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and at least one course in each of the follo~\-ingareas: Comparative Government (nunlhered in the 30's) : International Relations (60's); Public Law (70's) ; and Politicxl Theoq- (80's). Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and at least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the Department of Political Science. . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict. [Spring.] 22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT; PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 5 crs. Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline, as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter.] 5 1 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20,21, or 22, or #. Fall.] t:; I --. I.'. 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] 62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 4 crs. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. [Prereq. : 51 or 60. Spring.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits En American Govt. or #. Winter.] 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 4 crs. A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lclrigh:s and liberties m d e r the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.] 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato thrmgh Burke. rmphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [Fall.] 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.] 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected contemporary political scientists, and of their ohiloso~hicaland methodological assumptions. For majors in politicai science. [Spring.] 9 5 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq. : # .] 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2-5 crs. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN, MRS. H O W A R D The objectives of this department are: (1)to acquaint the student with the princivles and methods in the scientific studv of behavior: and (21 to enable ihe student to better understand the pr;ce&es which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior. M a j o r : 36 credits, tncluding 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition, Soc. 61 i s required. M i n o r : 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. o r #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. . [Prereq.: UPPER DIVISION COURSES #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. See under Secondary Education. 5 1 D E V E L O P M E N T A L PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Fall.] 52 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADOLESCENT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents, with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class differences. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of . statistics. Winter.] 53 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADULT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in geriatric psychology. [Prereq.: 5 a n d concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Spring.] . 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. 4 crs. 59 P S Y C H O L O G I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T I Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, a n d Soc. 61. Fall.] 4 crs. 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence, aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.] - H 6 1 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A shtdy of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] H 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental nlethodology in psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. See under Department of Sociology. 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] H 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.] 1 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: 17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] 99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2 - 3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. P. A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. FRETHEIM, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take course 11: sophomores, course Z l . Courses 1 1 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above 21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in religion. Minor: 26 credits. DEPARTMENT OF -RELIGION I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] . . . . 21 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 51 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP 4 crs. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Sociology. 4 crs. 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.] . 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL 4 crs. A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. [Spring.] 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.] 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 4 crs. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly a s related to history and science. [Fall.] 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. -New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of 'some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.] 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN, MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSOAT, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science is strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] 3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and viewing the contemporary American family against a background of modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.] 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The historic roots of the American rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world perspective. [Winter.] 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration in 54. Fall.] I -,; 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54, 55, 56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter. 56, Spring.] 1 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS AND SOCIAL SERVICE 5 crs. A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and Social Services. 1 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the social sources and structure of the church. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. [Fall.] 1 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp* thesis testing. [Prereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.] 1 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] 1 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, whitc-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as croivd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 1 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 5 crs. The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.] 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and labor-management relations. [Spring.] 8 5 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS I cr. A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community. 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.] SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is requked, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literature/speech requirement. Normally, courses 11 aud 51 fulfill this requirement. I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 4 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1968-69.1 1 2 1 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 28 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 1 3 2 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 5 1 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.] 1 52 PERSUASION 5 crs. Theory of persuasion and propaganda ; study of great speeches ; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. : 11. Spring, 196849.1 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.] 1 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.] 1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS 5 crs. An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 1 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 196!%70.1 W 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1 1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. [Winter.] 1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at t h e Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the Schools df Nursing should be made t o the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t one of the two hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service a t the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. SPAN IJ Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term. Many departments of the college offer a program through which the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and t o encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg Cdlege and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of at least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the fice of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. OF THE PASS/NO CREDIT GFLXDING SYSTEM Effective with the 1967-68 academic year, a Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. 2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. 3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. 4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. 5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system a t the time of his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. 6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S' shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968. For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may be earned. Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day. Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in voice and instrumental music. For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately. A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the morning of August 3. For specific information, interested persons are asked to write: Director of Summer School Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 1, 2. or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I n nr Cr. Cr. Cr. - - Term SOPHOMORE 5 - - - 4 - 5 5 5-6 5 Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or Economics 22 Electives Term I 11 ~n Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 - - 4 4 Religion Electives I 11 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - - - 4 - - 4-5 - 6 6 I Term II m 4 - Cr. Cr. Cr. - 12 12 12 AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language History 21. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 63 Eistory 55. Psychology 81. Sociology 42'. 43. Philosophy 65' Electives (non-major) - 5 - - 4 5 4 5 - - 4 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20, 21 1/3 1/3 1/3 4 - 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 5 - 5 5 - - SENIOR Sociology 59. Political Sci. 70. History 56' Education 87. English 82. Political Sci. 22. American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) * Electives in the major program ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY Term FRESHMAN I - Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language 4 5 Art 2 2 8, 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 6 - 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 21- Art 18, 55 History 2 History 61 I 11 rn Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 - 5 5 4 4 4 - - 4 - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 Historv 3 Speecg 11 or Literature Music 30 History 21. 22 Elective Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - - SENIOR I I1 I11 Religion Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68 Art 78 History 95 History 71 Art 99 Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1. 2, or 3 Art 7 Art 8. 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 H. P.E. 10 Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 4 2 2 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term SOPHOMORE I I1 I11 Relieion 21 ore& Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 S'peech 11 o r Literature Art 21 Art 18 and 55 Psychology 5 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 - 4 - 4 - - 4 4 4 - - 5 4 - 0 0 0 - - 5 - 4 - - 4 4 - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 - - 4 - 5 4 5 Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education - - - - - .-. . . 87 .. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68. 99 Art 78 Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 10 - 5 - - - - 4 - 4-5 - 4 - 4 - BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually desirable. Biology 72 is required. Term Term FRESHMAN I I1 I11 Religion 11 Englsh 11, 12 History 3 Sociolow 11 chernGpy 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 Biology 11, 12 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Speech 11 or Literature Chemistry 51, 52, 53 Mathematics 40. 41. 42 Biology 53 o r eiective - - Term Term JUNIOR Relieinn -.--.-. . . . Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Biology 61. 71, or 76 Biology 63. 72 or 74 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 5 5 5 5 5-6 - - - - - 45 - 5 - 6 6 5 5 5-6 - 4 6 5 - SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Philosouhv 21 or 23 BiGG 7 3 OF elective Biology 72, 74, or 81 Biology 91. 92. 93 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 1 ~ 5-6 - 1 - 5-6 1 BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological sciences. When making the choices between the biology course options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 3 Sociology 11 Biology 11. 12 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 2 4 5 - - 4 - - 6 - - 4 6 6 - - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion speech 11 or Literature Foreign Language Education 50. 59 Chemistry 53 Bioloev 61. 71. or 76 ~ i o l o s53' or ' 73 Biology 63, 72, or 74 Education 52, 53, 54 - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - 6 - - 0 0 - 5 5-6 0 SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 ~ o r z g nLanguage Biology 51 Psychology 5 Chemistrv 23 H P.E."10 Mathematics 13 or 40. Mathematics 14 or elective* Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 5 - - 5 - - - - 6 - 5 5 - - SEYIQR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Rc,iaiun .Art - 1 or 3Tvljbic 30 Rluloz$' 61, 71, or 76 Biology 72. 74. or 81 4 5-6 - ... .. E d r ~ c a t ~ c n83 Educn:ion 87 Poi. Scl. 20. 21. or 22 - - - 10 4-5 - - 5-6 - 4 - - Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN - 'RcIipion & 11 E ~ 9 i s l 111, 12 Yidow 1, 2. or 3 Brssincss Ad. 1, 2 _Sociology 23-1 i L/-;;turt; Science or Math. H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR C3 Business Ad. 61 Economics 51 ???Business Ad. 62. 63 Electives Term I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE - - - Cr.Cr.Cr. . 5 ,,ReTi~lon 21 - 4 5 .. -Fori-igtl T.,anglage .. . - - 4 Easiness Ad..,13 4 4 Eco!~nmics22. 23-, - 4 ..--Dhtlosophy 21 5-6 5-6 - d p e e c h 11 or Literature - 4 d r t 1 or Music 30 1/3 1/3 1/3 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 - - 5 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ~ - - - - 5 - - - 5 4 5 5 SENIOR 5 - - - 4 5 - - 4 4 4 4 - - - Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 Electives MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALTZATTON) FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Histors 1. 2. or 3 ~ u s i n e s s~ d . 1, . 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 - 4 4 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. I :' ,.; '3, 'M. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 18 Business Ad 13 Electives BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 F'oFeign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 10 sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Business Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 50 Economics 22, 23 Business Ed. 63 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 - 4 - - - - - - - 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. -- - .Cr. --. 4 4 - 0 0 0 - 5 4 4 1 - 5 - 4 4 - - SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 F'orGgn Language Natural Science or Math. S ~ e e c h11 or Literature Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. ~ u s i n e s s - ~ d21 . Business Ed. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 8 SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 10 - 5 H:~PE;--IO - - Business Ad. 31 Electives 5 4 - - - 4 5 8 CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 6 Mathematics 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Relieion chemistry 61, 62 Chemistry 63 Mathematics 83 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. -. . Cr. -. . Cr -5 4 5 4 5 6 6 - 5 5 - - - - Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 6 6 5 4 - 5 5 4 4 0 0 0 - 4 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Chemistry 51, 52 Chemistrv 53 Physics ii, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 SEh-IOR Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. - - 5 6 6 - - 5 5 5 5 5 - - 4 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr Cr. Ro!iglgn Chernfstr' 81, 83 C h e m x ! ~i 2 Furdgn Lwguage Speech !1 or Lltcrature Pol. Sc!. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Chemistry 91 Electives DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. f i e following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Mathematics 40. 41 Biolocv 11. 12' ~ h e m y i t r y'15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 m I II Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - SOPHOMORE Term I n III Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Speech, Lit. or Hist. Psychology 5 chemistry 51, 52 Physics 21, 22. 23 ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Economics 51, 58 Electives I I1 I11 c=.Cr. 5 - - - 4 SOPHOMORE Cr. 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. -4 4 4 - - - Term I 11 nr Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Business Ad. 1, 2 Economics 22. 23 Electives Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Electives ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. I Ion ll lab 11, I8 mstUl+l P , W S B ~ , O I O ~s&xm ' a F.E. m Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Elective (minor) Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 - - - - - - SOPHOMORE Term I 11 In Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Psychology 5 Physical Science Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) Term SENIOR Religion Education 77 Philosonhv 21 speech- lf Education 79 Education 87 Education 65 Electives (minor) Religion Education 55 Education 56 Education 52, 53, 54 Geography 14 Education 64 Education 57, 63 Education 58 -Mathematics 56 Elective (minor) I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 15 4 - - - 4 3 4 - - 2 8 - 4 - - - JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need t o apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Art Business ducati ion English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 - 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or Art 1 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 Electives Term JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Sueech 11 or Literature ducatio ion 50, 59 Education 52. 53, 54 H. P.E. 10 Electives in the major I I1 I11 SENIOR Reliigon Education 83, 84 Education 87 Electives in the major Term I TI 111 Cr, Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 - - 5 - - - 4-5 6 Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. - 4 - ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. FRESHMAN Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE I Term I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Reliaion 21 Religion 11 English 11, 12 Sociology 11 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Art 1 I Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relieion P~YECS75 Physics 62. 63 Physics Lab. Mathematics 83. 84 Biology 11, 12 or Elective Electives ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. Term FRESHMAN I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - Term JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 English 61, 62, 84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* I II rn Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 - - 4 5 5 SOPHOMORE Reliaion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Speech 11 Philoso~hv 21 ~ a t u r a Ccience i or Math. English 35 or 45 or Elective in the major English 47; and 31, 32, or 78 Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term SENIOR Religion English 90 Electives* I II n I Cr- Cr. Cr. A - - Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 I Term I1 111 Term SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12, 52 or 55 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 ' English 61. 62. 55 English 72 or 74. 84 Speech 60 or 66 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Art 1 - o r Music 30 English 21 or 40, 88 or 88 English 90, 91, or 92 ~ i b r a r y Science 75 4 4 3 - - - 4 5 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Inter. Foreign Language Speech 11 or Literature Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 10. Electives or 56. 57 Religion 11 English 11. 12 Beg. Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 5 5 5 5 - - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 - 5 - SENIOR - Religion Religion Education 84' Education 50' Education 83' Education 52. 53. 54. Education 87. 4 Education 59: Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 5 - Psychology 5 Literature 72 or 74 - - 5 Conversation 55 2 - 2 Indep. Study 99 Survey 63, 64.. 5 Electives 5 5 Literature 72 or 74 - 5 5 Electives * Students who do not plan to t a k e t h e education sequence may substitute 92 99 or other electives for these courses. * * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. - - - - - - GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. FRESHMAN Term I rI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Natur?l Science or Math Greek 11. 12. 13 Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Latin 1. 2. 3 ~ o c i o l o g y'11 H. P.E. 1 . 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 8 8 - - SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5 4 - - Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of .Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN # Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 1 - Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 23 H. P.E. 11, 13 (W, M) H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 57. H. P.E. 51, 52 H. P.E. 11, 72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31. " SENIOR 5 4 - - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 8 4 Education 83 Education 87 Philosoohv 21 H. ~ 5 7i* .H. P.E. 60* Speech 11 or Literature Electives Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of His- tory. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ o r e i g n~ i n g u a g e History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language History Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Laneuage History 21, 22 Philosoohy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 ducati ion 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Science 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 History Term I TI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 4 4 - - 4 5 5 4 4 5 - 4 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Historv 21. 22 ~ h i l o s o ~ h y21' Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5 5 - - 5-6 5-6 - 4 5 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term SENIOR Religion Education 8 4 Education 83 Education Sociology 12 87 Soeech 11 or Literature History History 95 I n 111 13 Cr. Cr. LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, pages 50 and 108. English, pages 68 and 114. History, pages 34 and 116. Political Science, pages 92 and 121. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year a t prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The following course of study is designed for students who have a strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14 before registering for Mathematical Analysis. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Math. 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 Religion 21 4 5 - ; Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or 5 5 Econ. 22 - 4 Sociolom 11 5 5 5 ~oreig-~anguage Art 1 or Music 30 1/3 1/3 1/3 Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43, 58, 64 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 ILI Cr Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN - - - SENIOR -- 4-5 4 - 4 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 Religion Mathematics 67 Mathematics 80 Mathematics 99 Electives Relieion ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85 Mathematics 72. 73 Philosophy 21 Speech- 11 or Literature Mathematics 61 Electives MATHEMATICS MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociolow 11 Pol. ~ d 20, : 21. or 22 or Econ. 22 Mathematics 43, 58. 64 Physics or Chemistry Term I I I Cr Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 4 5 - - - - 4-5 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - ~ Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Education 50, 59 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Mathematics 83, 84 Educatiun 52. 53, 54 Philosophy 21 Mathematics 61, 72 Elective 4 - - - 4 SENIOR Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 87 Education 84 - - - ---Education 83 mathematics 80 Mathematics 67 Mathematics 99 H. P.E. 10 Electives ~ 0 0 - 4 - 4 4 - MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor af Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 2 Sociolom 11 Siiii&"11, 12 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreien Laneuaee POI. Sci. 20; 21; or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 Physics 3 Chemistrv 53 Bidlogy -71 electives Biology 76 Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 5 - - 4 - 4 6 6 - - 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 S ~ e e c h11 or Literature ath he ma tics 13 Chemistry 23 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 72 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 - - 4 - - - - SENIOR Cr. Cr. Ct - 4 4 4 4 - Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months. 45 credits MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are a s follows: m: Credits 12 12 12 5 9 Biology 11. 12 Chemistry 15. 16 Chemistry 51. 52 Chemistry 53 English 11, 12 Literature elective Mathematics 40, 41 Physics 21, 22, 23 Social Science and Humanities General electives 4 Recommended: Physical Chemistry 61 Mathematics 42 (calculus) Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 68 Education 59 Art 1 Music 53*, 54 Music 60, 61 Music 57, 58 Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 4- 4 5 5 5 - 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 - - 0 0 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Iviusic 4, 5, 6 Applied Music SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10 Philosophy 21 Music Organization Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 - - 4 - - - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 4 1 1 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - ! MUSIC MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I TI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - - - . 4 1 - 4- 5 1 4 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4, 5, 5 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 4 4 4-5 4-5 - - I JUNIOR Term II 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. Religicn Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization S ~ e e c h 11 or Literature ~iectives Religion Art 1 Music 60. 61, 62 Music 53.. b8 54 Music 57, - Applied Music Music Organization Electives Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with a t least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. I FRESHMAN Rellgion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 .. JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 atural Science or Math. . d Term II 111 - 5 5 5 5 -- 4- Cr. Cr. Cr. P.E. 10 4 4 - - 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Term II rn CP. Cr. Cr. - -- 4 - 4 4 - 5 4 9 0 - 8 8 0 5 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 4 - 13 13 - - - - - 5 - 4-5 - Term SENIOR Religion Natur.al Science or Math. Education 84 &ducation 83 Education 87 I 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 13 13 10 5 - - - - - - 4 - I PHILOSOPHY MAJOR Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreien LanmaPe ist tory 1, 2,-or-3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Electives Term I II III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 -- - - - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 4 Term SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art -1 or Music 30 ..~ Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Ph~!osophy 23 Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Term JUNIOR Religion Speech 11 or 51 or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 - 5 6 - - 4 5 5 6 10 SENIOR I II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 - - - - 5 4 - 4 4-5 4 Term I n m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Elective Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. Term FRESHMAN I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language Wath. 14 or 40 Mathematics 41. 42 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Mathematics 58 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Sconomics 22 Philosophy 21 Term - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr Cr. I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Physics 61 Physics 51. 52 ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85 Art 1 or Music 30 Physics 62, 63 Physics 77 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Reliigon Physics 81, 82 Physics 77 Speech 11 or Literature Electives POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. Term FRESHMAN I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 3 phi lo so ah^ 21 Math. or - ~ a t u r a lScience Sociology 11 Political Sci. 20, 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term SOPHOMORE I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Art 1 or Music 30 Sociology 61. 62 - 4 - 5-6 5-6 - - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 politic& kci. 22, 50 Camputer Science 45 History 21, 22 5 5 Term JUNIOR ~ o r s g nLanguage Political Sci. 60 Political Sci. 80, 81, 84 Economics 22. 23 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 4 4 4 4 - 5 - 4 4 - 5 Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. - - 4 4 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion ~oliSicai Sci. 51. 62 Political Sci. 70, 71 Foreign Language Electives ~iferature Elective PSYCHOL,OGY MAJOR Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives I Term I1 I11 Cr. -. . Cr. - - . Cr. -- - - 4 5 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Electives Term JUNIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Psvcholoev 59 ~s$cholog$ 64 Psychology 61, 62 Psychology Electives I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term I 11 I11 SENIOR Religion Psychology Psychology Psychology Psychology Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. 81 99 91 Elective 0 RELIGION MAJOR ' FRESHMAN I Term I1 rII Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math. History 1, 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Foreign Language Psychology 5 Electives SOPHOMORE I Term IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 Electives I Term 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 - - 4 6 SENIOR Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives Term Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - O SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Scand. 1. 2 2, or 3 History I, Natural Science or Math. Soziology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Term I 11 - - 4 - SOPHOMORE - Religion 21 Scand. 5, 6 Scand. 55 Scand. 26 Scand. 25 Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~conomics'22 H. P.E. 10. Art 1 or Music 30 - - - 4 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Relieinn -. --.. -. Psychology 5. Education 50. Education 52. 53. 54. Education 59* ~cand.-l2 Philosophy 21 Scand. 74 Scand. 62 Electives m Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - Term II ITI Cr. Cr Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84. Education 83' Education 87' ---- Term I I I Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 5 - 4 - - I Term II n I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 - 5 - Stand. 84 Scand. 99 Electives ' Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. ~ I FIRST YEAR Religion 11 English 11, 12 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 50 Business Ed. 21, 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 10 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term 11 I11 I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 2 - 5 - - - 4 4 - - - 5 4 SECOND YEAR Religion 21 Psychology 5 Soeech 11 ~ G s i c e s sAd. 1. 2 Business Ed. 63 Business Ed. 8 Electives I Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 - SEMINARY Completion omf the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following pro:gram gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. Term I ~ n g i k h11. 12 History 1. 2. 3 Foreign Lanmage* S o c i o l o ~11 H. P.E. 1 . 2 3 I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 4 4 4 5 - 4 5 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Term I Religion 21 Natursl Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term JUK?OR I I1 I11 SENIOR Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Philosophy 41. 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives 4 - - 5 5 4 4 4 5 4 - 8 8 - - I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives 4 4 4 4-5 4 12 - - 16 Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college., SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. Term FRESHMAN I Term I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1. 2. 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 5 - - 4 4 - - - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - - Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. I - - - 4 5 5 - I I1 I11 SENIOR Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Sci. 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 Economics 23 History - 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term JUNIOR I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 5 - - - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 4 - - 4 4 5 5 4 4 - - - - 5 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 sociology 12 Speech 11 or Literature History History 95 Electives - 4 - - 4 - - - 4 - - 3- - 4 4 4 ' A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~o;eign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P E . 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 41. 42, 43 Electives SENIOR Religion Sociology 75. Sociology 82, 83 Sociology 91* Electives Relieion phil;sophy 63 Sociology 31 Sociology 61,* 62* Psychology 5 Speech 11 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - * Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11. 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P E . 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 - - 4 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 42. 43 Elective SENIOR C-. r . C-. r C-r. . Religion Sociology 5l.* 52.*. 53' Socioloev 54." 55.* 56" s o c i o l o ~ +61" Psychology 5. Sociology 31 Electives - 4 1 4 4 1 - 4 1 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relizion Sociology 75. 82 Psvcholoev 61. 62 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. - - 4 Required for the major SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Speech 61 Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~ c o n o m i c s22 Speech 60 Speech 51, 55 Education 50 Educztion 52. 53. 54 Education 59 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term - ..--. I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - -- - - ---*-* SOPHOMORE Religion 21 ForGgn Language Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Philosouhv 23 speech*i i o r 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 I1 I11 4 4 -- Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 5 - - SENIOR Religion S ~ e e c h16 or 67 speech 66 Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Electives -- c r , Cr. Cr. L, 6 I - 6 - 6 Term I I1 n I Cr. Cr.. Cr. 4 - - PERSONNEL Officers of the Board m .................... . . . . . . . Chairman THE BOARD Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg OF REGENTS Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-chairman Dr. Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse .............. Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel ................ Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson .................... Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy ..................... Director of Church Relations Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations John Bostrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Publications and Sports Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations and Convocations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Mrs. Elaine Swanson ................ Director of Food Services John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Campus Pastor Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Activities PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D. Strong Company Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, First National Bank Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northern States Power Company Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Gilbert Systems, Inc. Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0. G . Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judge of the District Court General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse, Fagerlie President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien, Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel, Miss Joel Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson, Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M. Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren, Holum *Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel *Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley *Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson *Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemmer, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Mortensen * Joint Student-Faculty Committees 0 THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E,, 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1967-68) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. *Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota. *Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University af Minnesota. *Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University. *Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961. Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University, 1952. *Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. '"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale University Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. '"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave 1967-68) B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or omf English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany. "Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laborato'ries, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960; Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male Chorus (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- ) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1,964. *Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957. Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. *Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. 'kRichard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and Economics B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964. James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967. Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Irene Khin Khm Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. "Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o'f Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia Co'llege, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. *Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University o'f Minnesota, 1959. Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. Grace E. Kemmer (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. '"Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. '"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. (on leave 1967- ) Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota. Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. *Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1962. Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women--Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesuta, 1964. *Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ) B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensm (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61. Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Hofstra University, 1964. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity School, 1965. Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. *John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in Music (Brass) B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1963. Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. *Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. Karlis Ozoliis (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44,1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Protessor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. '''Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. '"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics B.A., Oberlin College, 1964. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967. *Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology *Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. *Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. *Rolf K. Tedefalk (1967), Instructor in Business Administration Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium, Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Profess,or d English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. *David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages A.B., Augustana College, 1956. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. "'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.B.A., University of Minnesota, *Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School, 1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963. *Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964. '''Loren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director, Academic Town Meeting B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958. :&JohnW. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. *Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964. Warley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages *Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern Languages *Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog Librarian B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963. David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology :!:Paul H. Zirnmerman (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1966. * Part-time faculty ::* :*,:: Ahlson, Margaret Ann . Williston, N. Dak Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . Paynesuille Anderson, Barbara Ellen . . . . . . . . Benson Andersoq Carol Louise . . . Minneapolis Andersoq D a ~ dElbert . . . . Grossion Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Anderson, Janet Marie . , , . St Paul Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . Climaz Anderson, Karen Ann . . Bnd<cr. iu Anderson, Mary Kay .. . . , Rcd R'imc Andreasen, John Gabriel . . t-'irrquc. TVis, Arlf Nancy Jeanne . . . . . . . . . . . . Gknmc Ausmus, Duane G . . . Hinckley . . . Zimmerman Bagley, Harold James . Robbinsdale Bakke, Judith M . . . Canby Beiningen, Janet Marie . . . . . . Minneapolis Benson. Carolyn Mae ... Welch Berg, Anita Christine . . . Minneapolis Berg, David Clarence . . . Bernstrom, Robert Donald Minneapolis , !!;nrcwoli, Bevis. Lennore A Bylund Blake, Ronald Richard . S d n r z . TVorh Blom, Catherine Elizabeth . . rIrrrcIy12 Boies, Thomas G. P. . .I!inz~:cpoiir Bolstad, Paul Raymond . . . Minneapolis . . . . Minneapolis Bolstad, Rosanne M. Bonnes, Charles Edwin . . . . Minneapolis Booth, Tine Andriessen Fort Francis, Ont., Can Bowles, Connie Lee . . Minneapolis Braaten, Julie Secgmiller Decorah, la. Brandvold, Richard William Minneapolis ...... Minnetonka Bruzek, Barbara . . . . . Butterfield Buhler, Joan . . . . . Minneapolis Carlson. Lee Dixon . . . . . . . . . . Anoka Cartwright, Paul Otis Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . . . Princeton, N.1 . . . . Edina Christenson, Bruce G . . Cole, Larry . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . . Estheruille, la. Coltvet, Helen B. ... Estheruille, la. ... , . Stockton, Calif. Corson. Corbin G. Coryell, Charles Emerson . . . . . Richfield . Daniels, Brian Howard Danielson, Margaret C. Davis, Kathleen Marie . . Degen, Heidemarie . Delany, Marjorie . Drews, Ellen Udine Onalarka, Wis. .. Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis Frankfurt am Main West Germany . . . Warn, Wis. . . Minneapolis . Egesdal, Miriam Ruth Emerson, Douglas A. .. Engle, Judith Lynn . Erickson, Caren D . . . . . Erickson, Janet Kathryn . . Erickson, Judith J. . . . . Erickson, Judith Marie . Erickson, Karen Kaye Ericson, Rodger Tilden . . Estenson, Grace Rolinda . . Thief Riuer Falls Ferber, Rebecca Ellen Ferchen, Duane V. . . . . Niagara FalLs, N.Y. . . . . . . St. Louis Park Finke, Rodger Gary Firsf Le Mar Jack . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park Winona Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . . Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield . . . . . Minneapolis Frick, Phyllis G Gilbertson, J o h n Gayle . Minneapolis . . . . . . Duluth Gilleland, Richard E Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . Austin Greenfield, John Nelson . . . . . Sheridan, Wy. Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . . . Monticello Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . Osseo Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth . . . Huichinmn . . . h'or:hkM Hallcock, Beverly Marie . Rrd IT'ir;3 Hamberg, Sandra Diane Edskom Hanse, Joel G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3lorri1 Hanseq Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield . Richfield Hanson, Cynthia Ann . . . . . . . Thief River FalLs Hanson, Ronald A. . . Minneapolis Hanson, Thomas Frederick . Minneapolis Hanwick, Theodore Thor . Westbrook Hauberg, Lila Lee . . . . . . . Hedman, Dave . . . . . Seattle, Wmh. Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . Truman Hendrickson, Alan Albert Negaunee, Mich . Minnetonka Hendrickson, John R , Jr . . . . . Maple Lake Hoekstra, Harold J . . Brooklyn Center Hoff, Larry Eugene Hokkanen, J e n y David . . . . . Kimble . Piermont, S. Dak Holm, Marilyn Franzen . Tigerton, Wis Holm, Steven Andreas . . . Minneapolis Holmgren, Sharon Joy Minneapolis Holtan, Judith Ann . . . . . Radcliffe, In Hoversten, Linda Marie Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson . Minneapolis . . . . . . . Pennock Huseby, Edward J Jacobson, David R Minneapolis . . St. Paul Joesting, Susan Jean Johns, Russell H . Ghent, N.Y. Bloomington Johnson, David Lawrence Lake Mills, I a Johnson, Dennis Carl Johnson, Donna Marie , . Minneapolis Lehr, N. Dak Johnson, Douglas Arthur Columbia Heights Johnsoq Duane Elmer .. . Red Wing Johnson, Gary Steven Grantsburg, Wis Johnson, Gay A. . , Johnson, Irene M. . . Minneapolis Johnson, Karen Janice . . Minneapolis Johnson, Mardelle B. . . Kirkland, 111. Johnson, Robert Leslie . . . . . . Willmm Johnson, Sally Ann . . . . McCallsburg, l a Johnson, Sandra Lee . . Annandale Joing, Bonnie Jean .. . Minneapolis Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite Kalp* Kathleen L . . . Klemp, Joy Carol .. Klepp, John DeWayne Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . . Kosloske, Daryl Gordon Kotval, Sandra Jeanne Kristenson, Allan Jerome Kruse, Verland E. Kyllo, Loren Jon . . Hecror Parkers Prairie ... Ezcelsior Bag* Ercelsror . Fmrmont Broweruille Wammingo Bloomington Burnsuille Landa, Mark Faribault . Minneapolis Lange, Walter J . . . Minneapolis Larsen, Oliver A , Jr Larson, Allen James . St. Paul Larson, Carole Jane Newman Groue, Neb . . . . Hector Larson, Mary Lynn . Minnetonka LaSalle, Judith Carol Lee, Henry Albert Camrose. Alberta, Can . Lacrosse, Wis. Lee, Thomas Robert . Addis Ababa, Ethiopia Legesse, Hagos Lund, John W. Minnetonka . . . . . . . . Roseau Lund, Karen 0. . St Croiz Falls, Wis Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl Minneapolis Minneapolis Maas, Jerry LeRoy . Mattison, Donald Roger !finwnpolir Luck. 1ri7 Mattson, Dean ElRoy Roscc:r Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera . .. Milaca Mattson, Philip Dale McCaughan, Charles A . . Blwmington McGregor, Thomas Robert . Minot, N. Dak. . . Minneapolis Meland, John Kristoffer Minneapolis Miklos, Geraldine Charron Minneapolis Miller, John Richard . . . . Minneapolis . Minear, Spencer E. Moland, Lucille Sharon Malta, Ill. Moore, James Raymom! . . St. Paul Mork, Richard 3Iiltnn . . Benson Morreim, Jeanne Wanner . . . Cumberland, Wis. Muehlenthaler, Sharon B. . . . . . St. Paul . . Rockford, Ill Myrvik, Karen Ann . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. Dak. Nelson, Anne Moen . . . . . . . Lakeville Nelson, Blair Russell . . . . . . . . . RichfieId Nelson, Jacqueline Neseth, Carmen Lois . . . . . . . Kenyon Norlin, Sandra Roth . . . . . . . . St. Paul Norum, Grant Marvin . . . . . . . Clayton, Wis . . Wooduille, Wis. Norvold, Douglas Berg .. Columbia Heights Nygaard, Marie T Oelschlager, Karen . . . . . Wa~mingo Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama Abbg Nigeria Robbinsdale Olson. Gracia Naomi . . . . . . Olson, Joseph Andrew . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, Larry Howard . . . . . Granite Falls Olson, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, Sanfred N. . . . . . . . . .Roseuille . . . Ostby, John Leonard Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . Dennison Ostemn, Karen L . St. Cloud Pslmgren. Patricia Claire . . Cliiherall Paulsoq Dennis Edward . . . . . . Minneapolis Pautz, Lynn Eagen . Brooklyn Pmk Pearsoq Wayne Kenneth Persons, Warren Lee Minneapolis ... Peterson, Darrel A .... Fmwell . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Janice L. Peterson, Ronald David . . . . . . . . Cosmos Petzke, Bonita Kae . . . . . Willmm Pierson, Diana L. . . . . , Minneapolis . . Harlings Pinke, Paul August . . . . Podas, Gary Charles Minneapolis . . Ezcelsior Poeschel, Richard Albert . . Hutchinson Popp, Kathleen Ann . Minneapolis Prokofieff, Philip E. .. Wagner, Dean Eldon Wagner, Nicholas E. . Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth Wallen, Lynn Louise Warzyniak, Robert W . Weimer, Martha E Westby, Steven Amold Will, Connie D. Clarine Williams, Richard Keith Windingstad, Ronald M Woida, Duane Arthur . . Woolson, Cynthia Lee Lake Mills, I a Si. Paul .... , Minneapolis Robbimdak Wausau, Wis. . . . . . . Austin .. Dawson Peshiigo, Wis . . . Hosiings Zimmermaq Paul Henry, J r , Zinn, Richard Carlton . . Zumbrota . . Si. Paul .. GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31) Aas, John Edward . Adams. Marcia Louise Albaugh, Marilyn Rae Anderson. Barbara J. Anderson, Bruce Edward Anderson, Joyce Ardell Anderson, Patricia P Andreason, Shirley M Arends, Ardell Martha . Asp, Julie Ann Asper, Victoria Sharon Axberg, Robert Atle , . . I Pelican Rapids Minneapolis , . . Aurora . . Osakis Eagle Bend . . . . . . A ustin . . . Smgeant Minneapolis . Wabosso . Peterson Frederick. Wis. Minneapolis . . Sacred Hemi Barnaal, Lois A Barsness, Anita Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson Batalden, Sandra Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton . . Minneapolis Batalden, Stephen Kalmer Beauclair, Mildred M New Rockford, N. Dak Quam, Marilyn A Kenyon . . . . . . Brooklyn Center Benson, Robert R . . . . . Minneoia Berg, Carol Myrvik Ree, James R. . . . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park Bethke, Joel Lee . . . . Cannon Falls Reiff, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Bold\ Marilyn Jean . . . . Huichinson .. Princeton Reiman. Dennis B Bollman, Lynn A. . . . . . . Minneapolis . . Si Paul Rindal, Terence W. ..... Radcliffe, Ia. . . . . 61 . r n m n i ~ ~ ; Bomick, Steven D Ring, Vernice Robbins, Richard Raymond .. I E r n ~ ~ a ~ c ~ I i - Brabch, Keith Richard . . . . . RenvilIe Bremer, Constance V Elizabeth . . St Paul Ronning, Donald David . . Fmgc. Y . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Burke, Ronald C Ronning Sharon Bjugstad , Burmn? 1L.k Rosenquist, Adeline E. .. , I: 1 c o n J r i St. Anthony Village Chilgren, Donald L Rossing, Melvin 0. . . TrilJ.r:r. :\I~da<m?ur Wolf Point, Mont Christianson, Donna Dean Rosvold, L. Beverly . . . . Co!!onumd . . . . Richfield Cina, Stephen Alan . . . . Minneapolis Rued, Mary Margaret . . . Bloomington Clawson, John T. . . . . . . . . . Willmm Rykken, Dennis Neal . . Minneapolis Cooper, Grant William . . . Minneapolis Sandau, Ivan D. Dahlquist, Kathleen :ifinwnpoli. . . . Minneapolis Sandin, Shirley Ann . , ,Amnril!n, T C Y ~ Danielson, Thad Carl ..... Minneapolis Sather, Bonnie Louise Deden, Ruth Ann . Zumbroro Sawai, Noboru . . . . . . . >Iinx~,3mlir Doering, Sandra Lee . hbhirtrdalc . . Newman Gro::~..:'r-cS. Sawyer, Carol Ann Dolan, Mary Margie IInw! Schamer, Bonita Boll . . . . Tininrn? Donald, William Paul , , :ltinnr5~c/iz Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zurnbroia . 3lrrmruerilir Dunham, Loren J. . . . . Long Lake Schumann, Carolyn A. . . . . . . Beloit, Wis. Scott, Michael David Enlund, Marian I Rich.&-!d . . . . . . . Hopkins Senn, James A . , Rci,r-rr Enstad, John C . Blancharduille, Wis Severson, Roland 0 Erickson, Conroe LeRoy Canr;grr Fcllr . Chicago, 111. Sexton, Lela M Erickson, Douglas R. . , .Crq!fL.. IVEh . . Richfield Shaleen, Esther A. Erickson. Elaine Marie , ,JlfinJ-n~o1is Shores, Stanley Bernard . . . . . Willmm Erickson, Steven I. ramhridgr Sigurdson, Eunice E . . . . . New Hope Evenson, Larry Kent H=,I~L . . . McGraih Simonson, Ronald M a n i n Eau Claire, Wis Sorenson, Richard Edward Feddick, Kathleen A . Duluth Sprague, Patricia Jean . . . . . St Louis Park . .. Ceylon Fenrich, Robert C. Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus Stavrou; Soterios G . Milaca Ferguson. Ronald Morris . . . . Minneapolis Stende, John R Filreis, Lucille Randall Edim . . Minmapolis Stenson, Charles 0. Fischer, Janet Susan Buffalo Lake . Golden Valley Stensrud, Alan T. Forseth, Stephen W Minneapolis . . . Lowry Stivland, Rodney L . . Minneapolis Frovik, Terry James . . . Silverion, Ore. Strand, Carol Ruth . Columbia Heights Streufert, Paul R. Gaard, Marilyn Kay Boyceuille, Wis. . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield Strom, Dale L Geisness, Camolita K . . . . . . . Alezandria . . . . Rocksier Struve, James Kenneth Gerschwitz, Paul Roy Streaky Bay, S Australia . . Fridley Sundberg, Lois E . Minneapolis Gierke, Alan Raymond Thimsen, Marcia Ann . . . . Minnetonka Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft Minneapolis . Minneapolis Thompson, Judy M. . . . . . . Badger . . Siour City, In. Torrin, Darryl Douglas Amel Gisselquist, Rebecca Joan . . . . . Dawson ... Miles City, Moni Gjerde, Ruth Ann Torstenson, Beth Marie . . . .Z i m m e r m Goldenmaq Dennis Alan Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la. I Gosewisch, Lorraine J. . . . . . . . . . Racine, Wis Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . Clmkfield Groth, Frediic Ivan . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Edina Grover, John Robert . . . . . . Rochlle, Ill . . Sand Creek, Wis. Gundale, John David . Gunderson, Barry L. . . . . . . . Brooklyn Center Gundenon, Karen Mildred . . . Enumchw, Wmh. H a m n , Bruce Lyle . . . . . Minneapolis .. . . Willmm Hansen, Lee Anne . . . . Minneapolis Haugen, David Allen . . ... . . . Brainerd Hedquist, Willard A . South St. Paul Heitman, Sharon Kathleen . . . . Bumsuille Helgesen, Rebecca Lynn Helgeseq Sonja Jean Minnetonka .. . . . . Robbinsdale Helstrom, Gary K. Hetland, Duane Gordon . . . . Radcliffe, la. Rushford Highum, Gayle Elaine . . . Hirdman, Paul Thomas . . . . . . . Story City, l a Zumbrota Hoeft, Ardis Freda . . Minneapolis Hoffman, Sheldon R. . . . . Mound Hofteig, John Haldor . Hokansoq Dale H. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hosman, Robert Arthur Oak Lawn, Ill. .. . . St Paul Hoveland, Dawn Diane . . . . . . Montgomery Huber, Ronald R. . . . . . Emf Chain Hugoson, Eugene Leighton . Albert Lea Huseby, Rebecca Ann Jacobson, Carol Beske . . . . . . . . .. Atwater . . . Hawick Jacobson, Karen Lee . . . . St. Paul Jensen, Cheryl Marie . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Bonita Phyllis , Rockford, 111. Johnson, Dale I. . . Johnsoq Kaylene Ruth New Richmond, Wis Johnson, Lance S . . , . St. Paul Johnson, Peter N. . . Tananmiue, Malagmy Rep. . Minnetonka Jorgensen, Michael Theodore . . .. Glencoe Kivi, Eileen Emch . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Klune, John Gradie . . St. Paul Knutson, David Walter . Wabasso Lamprecht, Gloria Dianne . . . . Lanes, Mary Lou . .. . . . ... . .. . . Monteuideo .. . . . Lamberion Lang, Donald George Larsen, Frederic Clinton Culbertson, Mont . . . . . Virginia Larson, Karen A. . . . . . Climar Larson, Linda Rae . . . . Minneapolis Lechnyr, Patricia Ann . . . Wells, Mich Lee, Robert Lloyd . . . . . , .. .. . Edina Leschensky, James E . . . . Coon Rapids Lewis, Janice Joan . . . .. Minneapolis Lewis. John Carl , . Coon Rapids Lewis, Richard John . . .. Wrmerly, la. Liebers, Myrna Gail . . .. Minneapolis Lier, Peter C Lillquist, George E , Jr Spring Lake Park , Lake Crsytal Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis . South St. Paul Lindell, Jamcs Gerald, J r . . . . . . . . Hayfield Lohn, Gary Howard . . . Dell Rapids, S Dak. Loken, Ruth Mae Lyons, Kenneth Russell Columbia Heights Cmla>Madsen, Janet Marie . Magnuson, Stanley Richard . ~lfin?a~.opcli.r Mattson, Carol Jayne . . . Lakeuille . . . Madison, Wis McKnight, Malilyn S. . .. . . . . . Osseo Menzel, Lawrence H. Zimmerman Meyer, Marlys Bertha . . . . ... Minneapolis Michaelsen, Jennifer Else . .. . Eden, S Dak Miller, Dennis D . . Viroqua, Wis Moe, Eleanor Solveig . . . . . Minneapolis Moore, Susan Diane Christianson . .. . . . . Willmm Mork. Carol J. . Owaionna Munderovski, Roy Vitauts . . Robbinsdale Munson, Diane Shirley . . . . . . . St. Paul Nelsen, Kay Eileen . Bmron, Wis. Nelson, Linda Louise . . . . Spicer Nelson, Paulette . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nelson, Philip John . Spooner, Wis Nelson, Susan Ann . . . . . . Stanley, Wis Nerdrum, Cam1 Joan . . Hopkins Niles, Richard Allen Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser dolden Valley , . Cokdo Nyquist. Joel Victor . . . . . . . Columbia Heights Ocel, Roger Olseq Myron Lee . . . . Oconio, Wis .. . . Roseuille Omundson, L Jean . . Spring Valley Overholt, Suzanne . . . . . Orbolt Anthony C . . . . . Kansas City, Mo. Pedersoq Thomas Calvin . Stmbuck Persson, Maxine Marie Minneapolis Petersen, Cheryl Christine . . . . . . . Robbinsdale . . . ... Jackson Peterson, Daniel Lmn Peterson, Donovan David . . . . Minneapolis . Minneapolis Peterson, Gerald B. . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Kenneth R . . . Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent . . . Minneapolis Pittman, William V , Jr . .. . . . Anoka . . . Minneapolis Pudas, Grant Peter Minneapolis Rakow, Donn Edward . . . Ramnarine, David James Cameron Skeldon, Guyana . , , Hoffman Refsal, Harley J Reiff, James E .. . St. Paul . . . Minneapolis Reque, Frank Merwin . .. . . Robbinsdale Rice, Linda Jane Roe. Janice Elaine Fmno.> N. Dak. Ruona. Marlys Denise . . Minneapolis . . . . T r y Rupp, Patricia Emma . . LaCrosse, Wzs. Ruud, Charlotte Ann - . . . . . . . Milan Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur . Minneapolis Sahl, Thomas James . . Salo, Susan . . , . .. Milaca . Minneapolis Sandbo, Mark R Sather, Sylvia Carolyn .. Minneapolis Schlachtenhaufen, Salome Ann Des Moines, la. . Bird Island Scholla, Muriel Berg . . Forest Lake Schroeder, Marian Ethel Later Prairie Schultz, Michael Louis Schwartz, John Norman . Lester Prairie Selstad, John Leslie . Minneapolis Senner, Priscilla Ruth . . . Narhug N. Hamp. Setterholm, Richard Dale . Brooklyn Center . Minneapolis Sjerslee. Sallie Stephenson . . . . Hector Sjogren, David August . . . . Minneapolis Skottegaard, Robert Charles . . . . Minneapolis Slavik, Robert Alan . . Sletten, Jerilyn Kay Bmron, Wis Seattle, Warh. Smith, Paul D . . . . Minneapolis Snyder, Thomas Stanley . . Minneapolis Sorenson, John Arthur . . . Minneapolis Sparks, Carol1 . Minneapolis Stensvaag, Ruth Ingrid Glencoe Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann . . . Rockford, ill. Strommen, Mary Ellen . Stromsmoe, Gail Marie Thief Riuer Falls Sulzbach, Ann E . . . Minneapolis . . Minneapolis Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes , Minneapolis Swanson, Karen Dahlin . Minneapolis Swenson, Joan A Alden .. . Minneapolis Sylvester. David Ernest Teige, M Philip Tesdell, Darlene Joyce Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette Thompson, Robert Nathen Tibbits, Lorene Monson Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna Titrud, Mark . True, David Jon . Uigaard, Stuart Brady Wateruille, Maine . Slater, la. . , Glencoe Lake Lillian . . Canby . . Willmar . . . . Center City Columbia Heights Star Prairie, Wis Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri . . . . Walen, Barbara E. Wall, Geraldine Neff Warner, Ronald Dean Wesley, Lynn Carol . Westermo, Mary Ellen White, Clyde Edward ... Wilfrid, Luther Jon Wilson, Carolyn Jean Woida, Karen Leslie Horton Wold, Philip Arlen Wood, Virginia Joanne . Wyckoff, Madeleine Jeanne . St Paul . .. Minneapolis Minneapolis Grandview, Wash. .. . . St. Paul . Minneapolis . Minneapolis . Minneapolis . . . Hayfield St. Paul Siom City, la. New Brighton Columbia Heights . . . Richfield Youngquist, Michael William Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng . . . . . Hong Kong .. . Wood Lake Yuzer, Barbara Ann . . SUMMARY Graduates -- 1870-1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OF Graduates -- 1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRADUATES Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 3496 247 3743 AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1966-67 First Term Men Women Total Class 98 Senior ..... Junior .... 158 Sophomore 218 Freshman . 242 Special . . . . 31 Yurse (D. H.) Nurse (F H.) Nurse (M H.) Nurse ($. H.) Total . . . . . 747 . . 112 149 204 255 26 35 210 307 422 497 57 35 44 44 44 44 79 948 79 1695 Second Term Men Women Total 95 98 193 156 150 306 211 232 28 722 -199 254 25 34 410 486 53 34 $0 40 41 75 916 41 75 1638 Thii Term Men Women Total 91 154 205 254 28 92 150 198 259 24 34 732 35 41 75 908 183 304 403 513 52 34 35 41 75 1640 TOTAL ACADFMIC YEAR Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior ................................... Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman ................................ special ................................... Nurse (D H.) ............................. Nurse (F. H.) ............................. . .. . . Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................................... . Men Women 105 162 222 256 35 114 157 207 262 31 35 44 44 780 79 973 Total 219 319 429 518 66 35 44 44 79 1753 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1966-1967 Men Students ......................................... 780 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973 Total .................................................. 1753 INDEX Academic Administration . . . Accounts. Payment of . . . . . Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administration . . . . . . . . 41, Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . 2, Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . American Studies . . . . 50, Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . . Art, Department of . . . . 51, Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . . Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 13 2 128 22 23 23 102 7 108 9 108 32 46 34 Biology. Department of . . 54. Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration . 57, Business Education . . . . . 59, 109 12 126 8 110 111 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111 Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62 Classification of Students . . 45 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . 29 9 College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . Committees of the Faculty . . 130 Comprehensive Examinations 47 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77 43 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 American Studies . . . . . . . . 108 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . 110 Business Education . . . . . . . 111 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Elementary Education ... 112 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 General Liberal Ark . . . . . 108 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Health and Physical Ed. . . 115 High School Teaching . . . . 113 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Medical Technology . . . . . . 118 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Secretarial Work . . . . . . . 122 Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Social Science . . . . . . . . . 123 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses 111 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Distinction. Degree with . . . . . 43 Divisional Organization . . . . 48 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 100 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education. Department of . . . Education. Elementary . . 65. Education. Secondary . . 66. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eligibility Requirements . . . . . Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English. Department of . 68. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entrance Requirements . . . . . Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 58 112 113 42 34 20 114 114 146 22 47 12 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . 14 Financial Information . . . . . . . 12 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870-1 966). Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. Health and Physical Ed. . 72. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43. Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the . . 41 7 68 115 43 133 146 41 115 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 North-South Student Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 115 37 Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 7 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 113 7 116 103 102 38 48 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Intercollegiate Athlmetics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 10 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76. Uedical Technology . . . 103. Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses Membership in Educational 2 Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . Metropolitan Opportunities . 27 Ministry. Preparation fomr the 123 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77 Music. Department of . . 83. 119 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86 42 117 118 118 Pass/No Credit Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13 Personnel Services. Student . . 35 Philosophy. Department of 87. 120 Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physics. Department of . . 90. 120 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 8 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123 President's Board of Advisors 129 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . 94. 121 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Registration. Change of . . . . . 45 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Religion, Department of . 95, 122 Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24 Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43 Requirements, Graduation . . . 41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Scandinavian Studies . . . 80, Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Courses . . . . 59, Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social Sciences, Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology, Department of 97, SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, Special Programs of Study . . 122 14 122 123 26 50 123 124 103 115 102 Speech, Department of . 100, 124 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 39 Student Government . . . . . . . 27 Student Personnel Services . . 35 Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . 12 University Courses . . . . . . . . . Upper Division Requirements . 47 41 1
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1969-1970
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 AUGSBURG COLLEGE AFFl LlATlON Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor d Arts degree offered in 29 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. SETTING The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent t o the University d Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the Augsburg College campus. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in Science Hall at the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and other interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Write to the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 332-5181. ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1968 S M T W T F 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 3 0 17 24 31 JANUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1969 S M T W T F S MARCH 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20212223242526 27 28 29 30 MAY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18192021222324 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 : 9 10 11 12 13 14 I 5 16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 SUMMER SESSION 1968 June 24 July 4 Aug. 2 ........... (Mon.) ............ ............ Final registration and beginning of classes (Thurs.) ........................ Holiday (Fri.) ................. Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69 FALL TERM Sept. Sept. Sept. Nov. Nov. Nov. 5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week 9, 10 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration 11 .......... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin 19 .......... .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes 20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations 27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. ... (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 26-March 4 . . . (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations March 5-10 . . . . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ...................... Registration March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin April 2, 9:00 p.m. . . (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins April 8, 7:45 a.m. ... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) ............... Last day of classes May 2 6 3 0 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970 AUGUST 1969 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 JANUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 1 8 15 22 FEBRUARY 1970 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 , OCTOBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MARCH 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969 Final registration and beginning of classes July 4 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday July 18 (Fri.) ................. Final examinations June 9 ............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ July 21 Aug. 8 SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969 (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations ............ ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week Sept. 8, 9 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration Sept. 10 ...........(Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ............... Last day of classes Nov. I S 2 5 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations Nov. 26-Dec. 2 ..... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) ................... Classes resume Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 25-March 3 . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ....................... Registration March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 25-29 ........ (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement DECEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 MAY 1970 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 S 2 9 16 23 30 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS TO contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relati,on to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each GENERAL INFORMATION student to look upon his life as a Christian vocatio,n, and an opportunity for service t o God and man. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students t o an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, phys- ics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number o~f faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There is an observation lounge a t the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in- corporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. - LIBRARY FACILITIES The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 7,000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing comer is provided in the first-floor reading room. The library subscribes to nearly 600 of the best periodi- cals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for bidogy are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1968-69 COMPREHENSIVE FEE Includes tuition, board and room and General fee as described below. (per year) TUITION New freshmen entering September, 1969 (per year) This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years. In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate, upon application and approval, may be extended for a fifth year. Transfer students and returning students not on a prior year-guaranteed plan. (per year) Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per term) (per credit hour) Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit. Students carrying more than 51 credits for the academic year are charged $25.00 per credit hour for excess hours. BOARD AND ROOM Residence Halls Honor Houses (upper-class students only) The board plan provides 21 meals per week. (per year) (per year) OTHER REQUIRED FEES General Fee (per year) (Covers subscription to yearbook, newspaper, admissions to all regularly scheduled athletic events, dramatic productions, convocations, and the support of Student Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee Required of all new students, non-refundable. Initial Payment-New Students Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1969. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable or refundable. Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students Required by July 1, 1969, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1969. Breakage Deposit Required of all students. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SPECIAL FEES Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel or add) Late registration after classes begin (per day) Graduation fee Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy Arrangements for special examinations are made in Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule on file. SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science Student Teaching Improvement of Reading Music Lessons (10 per term) Practice Studio Rental Organ (one hour per day) Piano or Voice (one hour per day) Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore. Estimated costs (per year) $ Linen service, required in residence halls (per year) $ Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add (per year) $ (7 SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the beginning of each term except that for the fall term payments will be due on or before August 20, so that all necessary processing of financial arrangements can be completed in time to clear the student for registration. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Treasurer's Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. REFUNDS If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based uposn financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal form each year. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured Loan program. Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon,ors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). TO qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50. Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective. Summer Research Awards are also available t o students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 t o $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their maj,or department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying choral music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 196.1 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the College. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0 . I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic success. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount d $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student s f outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Doman. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald o'f Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes to s,tudy at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway set up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor d chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Saudstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi,ochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President d Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vwation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. STUDENT ElMPLOYlVIENT An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs are available. ADMISSION APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting, writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well in advance of this date. An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition. An interview on campus is encouraged. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Off ice of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for gra-duation is based on work taken a t Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. MPUS There are many influences which mould life and character in c01lege. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. THE CHAPEL SERVICE At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students and faculty. COMMISSION OF RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God. As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish programs and policies that contribute to this end. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAM In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances, talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting to attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium. The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal invoIvement. The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club is composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the band tours annually to various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band and the Symphonia. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility f w participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government otfices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and o,ther activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each s.tudent who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if at all possible. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary roloms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginnkg of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. IJ HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All students not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available to students living in houses. Students engage a room a t the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall and cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the Office of Student Activities. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior standing in fall of 1968) 4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50. 5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken. 6. Proficiency in English. 7. The last year of course work a t Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program a t Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he has had four years or more of one foreign language. In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also. Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature will be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literature course by permission of the instructor. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration: Accounting Business Administration: Finance Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a bro'ad range 08felectives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are c o n s i d e ~ dseparate departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 (or 186) credits required for the degree. PROFICIENCY IN WRITING All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79 Cum Laude .......................... 3.1-3.49 grade average + + To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the con,dition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received a t the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. - REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit registration in determining load and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for whichthere is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is nonnally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount omf their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires to make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the term. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION IJ In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours with a t least twice that number of grade points: Credits Grade Points 36 72 Sophomore 84 168 Junior 130 260 Senior Students are classified by this regulation a t the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student is placed on scholastic probation a t the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall average entering in as an additional factor. First-year students with a grade point average o,f 1.5 or below Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits of F. In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term. A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo'wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students wh'o find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule o,f classes t o determine definitely the current course offerings. NUlMBERING OF COURSES Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per term. DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department of English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech DIVISION of NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman Department of Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Physics DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Geography Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology AMERICAN STUDIES Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments. The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. Major: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses (29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study. The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies of various disciplines. The following are required core courses: English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer. Dem. (5 crs.) Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99, would attempt to accomplish this. From the following elective courses the student must choose a minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments: Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45 History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.) History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 21 or 22 Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't; Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 20-21 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. # Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC. 11 Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. American Studies courses (required): 95 Seminar 4 crs. Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. For majors or #. (Winter) 99 Independent Study 5 crs. Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. For majors only. (Spring) MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND, MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence DEPARTMENT The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. ART OF In addition to the courses oirered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss rr-ith -4ugust Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to the m a h g of stained gIass windows. David Westphal, cinematographer in residence, is available to those interested in film making as a fine art medium. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85. Majors prepanng for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. 1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring, 1 7 DRAWING 2 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 DRAWING 2 crs. Figure drawing. C2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs. Fall, Winter.] 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-70.1 1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. C4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] 1 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN 4 crs. A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 1968-69.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.] 51 CERAMICS II 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 1 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.] 1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 67 PRINT MAKING I Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 4 crs. 1 68 PRINT MAKING II Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.] 1 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [4 double labs. Prereq. 7, 8, 21. Winter, 196-9. Spring, 1969-70.1 1 8 3 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] 1 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.] 1 85 ART HISTORY Ill 4 crs. Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present. [Spring.] 1 99 STUDIO Ill 2-5 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second course in the studio area and#.] DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY MR. SULERUD, chairman, MR. HERFORTH, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. THORPE, MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Eiology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a tvide variety of students. For the nan-science major the aim is to pmvidc a reliable basic understanding nf biological science and, more generally, of the character of scieniifie Colmvlcclgc. The more ad\-anced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. It is important that a prospective binlogy major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon es possible. In general, a broad background in the supportihg sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical technology students. Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option II may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others whose intended careers require relatively more work in biology and somewhat less in the related sciences. Option I: 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21, 22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis (Chem. 53). Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry, normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem. 53); introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent). Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6). Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. Biology 1and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6. H I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 5 crs. The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed to enter Biology 1 2 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab. Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.] W 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 5 crs. Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only. [Prereq. :Chem. 3.3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.] 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: vertebrate anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. C5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. :12. Fall.] 53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Winter.] 61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1969.1 W 63 PLANT TAXONOMY 5 crs. Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1968.1 W 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and a n introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] W 72 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect., 1double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] W 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.] 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consideration of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 76 MICROBIOLOGY 6 crs. An introduction to the study of micrclorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. : 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] E 81 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities; the shtdy of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1 91, 92, 93 SEMINAR I cr. each Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics may concern the history and philosophy of science as well as current literature. Biology majors are required to register for at least two terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. Individual work on a research project. [Prereq.: Previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.) MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK, MR. TEDEFAIAK Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Major in Business Administration-Accounting : 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61. Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad. 61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be allowed by permission. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 31 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. [Fall.] W 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prereq.: 1 , 2 . Fall. 1 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 78 INVESTMENTS 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. :41. Spring, 196849.1 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.] 82 TAX ACCOUNTING concerns with 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 37 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad. 1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended for those planning on graduate study in economics. Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23. 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopdy, inflation, role of government. [Fall,Winter, Spring.] 23 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national income and employment, money and bankjng. monetary-fiscal policy, economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc. [Prereq. : 22. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES E 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: 23. Fall.] 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.] . E 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macremeasurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 1961)-70.1 91 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 o r #. Fall.] 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a n o p portunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the business field. I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.] 10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 4 crs. Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing and organization of records in the office. 14 hoilrs. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Spring.] 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. [5 hours. Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Fall.] 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate?ial dictated a t speeds of 80-100 words a minute. 15 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Winter.] 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated a t speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and-inforial discussion. Special emphasis on general business. l-Fd.1 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY MR. AGRE, chairman,MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG, MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to majo-. in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 40 credits, including Chem. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly recommended for graduate study. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. 13 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] 5 , 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 6, 6 crs. 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Proreq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 6 crs. 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed for medical technology and other students 1.. ho desire less than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq. :5 or 15. Spring.] 5 1 . 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 , 6 crs. Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 or 6 crs. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5. [4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. Spring.] 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math. 42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter.1 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for TTe. UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq.: 52, 61, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.] 1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrediiger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems. [4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques. [3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. :53, 62 or #. Fall.] 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. [4 lect., I four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.] 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.] DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICAL. LANGUAGES MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the studects to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take a t the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Greek, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. H 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis an morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. CPrereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq. :12. Spring.] 5 1 , 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.] H 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 4 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. COffered on demand. Spring.] H 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. [Prereq. : 52. Offered on demand.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg. Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine, and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VERGlL 5 crs. Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] ECONOMICS See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level. as well a s for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0 over-all. Both are expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major and 2.0 general average at this point. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 2 1 or 22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 0 crs. 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.] 1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq. : Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. See under Department of Art. 1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring. I 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS, READING 6 crs. Objectives and techniques in the language arts : listening, speaking, writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.] 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 2 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 15 crs. 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. [Prereq. : # Fall, Winter.] . 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 crs. Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq. : 55, 56 or #. Spring.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq.: Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] 0 SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54, 59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 0 cr. 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. lncludes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems at the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq. : 50. Spring.] 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS 4 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. [Prereq.: 50. Spring.] 8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. [Prereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] 84 STUDENT TEACHING 10 crs. Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] W 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. C3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. C3 lects. Fall.] 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties -of a librarian. Laboratory work. C3 lects. Winter.] 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: 5 crs. MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] GEOGRAPHY 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An intxoduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY, MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT, MRS. TRAUTWEIN The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, Including, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required. Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are also required. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least one tsrm of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives. Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor. Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62. Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. W I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 4 crs. The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] W 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. rWinter.1 , 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 32 CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] W 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 5 crs. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. [Spring.] 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or # .Fall.] 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. : 61 or # Winter.] . 72 MODERN FICTION 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.] 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.] 78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY 4 crs. A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. :31 or 32 or #. Spring.] 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Winter, 196%70.] 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1 84 SHAKESPEARE 5 crs. Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading -and analysis. [ ~ r e r e i . :47. Spring.] 86 MILTON 4 crs. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61 or #. Spring, 196849.1 88 CHAUCER 4 crs. Study of CXmucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 9 0 , 9 1 , 9 2 ENGLISH SEMINAR 3, 3, 3, crs. Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91, a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. [90, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GEOGRAPHY See under Department of Education. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER, MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits includhg 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching mfnor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and Soc. 31, and Biol. 6. Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are reauired to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. 1, 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. C2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.] 31 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per week. Fall.] 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.] 51 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : Biol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.] 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wGrnen. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM 4 crs. Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.] 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM 5 crs. Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.] 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical Education. Open only to majors. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON, MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for secondary teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' understanding and appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and to enhance students' effectiveness as contributing members of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD SETTING 4, 4, 4 crs. Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to 1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.] 5, 5 crs. 2 1 , 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. C21, Fall, ,Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. See under Department of Modern Languages. UPPER 3 M S I O N COURSES W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, the background of World War I and World War n, and the coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. :22, Winter.) 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 4 crs. The relationship of .foreign policy to general American development is stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.] 1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.] 1 61 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] 1 62 ENGLAND TO 1714 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] 1 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent of instructor. Winter.] 1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's t o 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.] 1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE 4, 4 crs. The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 4 crs. Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.] 1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS 3 crs. Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD, MRS.NAUCK The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. Major: 24 credits above 43, inclucling 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84. Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80, 83, 84. Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92. Minor: U credits above Math. 43. See under Curriculums for suggested course of study. W 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13, Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.] 40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I 5 crs. An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14 (or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.] 4 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV (Calculus1 5, 5, 5 crs. Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42, Spring. 43, Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and g e e metry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq.: 43. Winter.] 61 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 crs. A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. Fall.] 1 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4 crs. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 1 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA 4, 4 crs. The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view. Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 72, Winter. 73, Spring.] 1 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.] 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.] 1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. Fall, Winter, Spring.] COMPUTER SCIENCE 45 COMPUTER SCIENCE 4 crs. Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined. Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.: Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.] MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language : its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic jnterest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGE The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate study. The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. O FRENCH Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63, 64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64. Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1, 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French. [Prereq. :2 or #. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on VOcabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. [Prereq. :6 or #. Fall.] 56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION 5, 5 crs. The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor. Spring. Offered on demand.] 5, 5 crs. 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in the language. One term required for the major. [Prereq.: 55 or # .] 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #. Spring, 1969.1 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or # .Spring, 1970.1 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.] 9 2 FRENCH SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on demand.] W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH 2-5 crs. Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. FaU, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5 , 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] W 5 5 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.] UPPER DWISIOrj COURSES 56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5, 5 crs. Topics dealing rrith the intellectuaI, geo.gaphic, artistic, and scientific history of thc German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lecmcs supplemented with demonstration materials. Taught in Ckrman. [Prereq.: 55, or 56, Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.] +. W 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 196849.1 W 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq. : Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1 W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 5, 5 crs. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. W 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Norwegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 1 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 196%70.] 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con- ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1964-70.1 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission d the department chairman. CSpring.1 1 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will incIude dramatic works by lbsen, l3prnson, Stsfndkrg; Ua~:trfirirrt,Nunk, and o t h ~ rtwentieth century dramatists. Lectures stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors w.ill be required to do assigned readings and twitten work in t h e Nor~reaian Imguage. [Spring, 1868-83.1 W 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive -training in ma1 and written rx-presslon in Nonvegian. Some attention given to the other Seandinatqan Ianpages and to the historical deveIopment of x ~ ~ t t e g i a nLabmatory . work. Required for all majors and tcaching minors. [Prer~q.:55 or equiv. FaU, 196S70.1 W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, tfiough it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must he n ~ i t t c nIn Konx-egian. Available any term to majors and minors. LFaII, Winter, Spring.1 SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74, 84; and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64. IMinor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall, Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION OOURSES W 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq. :6 or equiv. Fall.] 56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5 crs. Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] W 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS 5 crs. An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 111 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5. 5 crs. A stady of representative authors in Spanish literatare, supplemented by lectures on the literaty movements and develuyment of Spanish l i t ~ r a ture. Lectures, rliscussion. ~irittcn and oral repc~rts in t l ~ clanguage. Laboratory w r k , !Pwreq.: ki or eqnlv. 83, KLnt~r.a,Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.: 55. Spring.] 92 SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter. Offered upon demand.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF, MR. GABRIELSEN, RiISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SA170LD, MRS. THUT, MR. VUICICH The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to be- come teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant. Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years as a member of one of the college music organizations. Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of the college music organizations. Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music organizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study. l THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance test. Fall.] 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writicg two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] W 21 THEORY 5 4 crs. Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.] 1 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 1 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-701. 1 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. UPPER DIVISION Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES materials, and techniques. [Spring.] 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 1 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 1 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] 1 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] 1 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. 4 crs. Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.] 1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. 14 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS, STRING INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year is required of participants. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES Membership is by audition or consent of director. [2 rehearsals per wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.] MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. CHRISTENSON, MR. JOHNSRUD The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1) to make a significant contribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of their college major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program of study for students who desire to complete a major or minor in philosophy. Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 8 1 or 4 credits of 99. Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY 22 INTRODUCTION TO ETHICS 4 crs. Approaches ethics through a consideration of movements, such as relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the good, conscience, etc.; or important figures, such as Plato, Kant, Hume. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. . . . . . . . . [Spring.] 23 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include : the nature and functions of language ; fallacies in reasoning ; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL 4 crs. A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY 4 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC 5 crs. Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.] 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 5 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Fall, 1968-69.1 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 5 crs. A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] 65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present. Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.] 71 ETHICS 5 crs. An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Winter, 1968-69.1 73 METAPHYSICS 5 crs. An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq.: #. Winter, 1969-70.1 75 EPISTEMOLOGY 5 crs. An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: # .Fall, 1969-70.1 H 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. [Prereq. : #. Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty advisor. CPrereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] PHYSICAL EDUCATION See under Department of Health and Physical Education. DEPARTMENT MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. KWE, MR. SPIESS OF PHYSICS Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will arise, be met, and so stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end the department prepares some students for graduate studies and some for the teaching profession. The liberal arts tradition is served by offering courses that will enable a student to follow developments with some degree of comprehension. Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 82, and 5 credits of 77. Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses listed for the major. Minor: 29 credits. H l ASTRONOMY 4 crs. A descriptive course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical i n s h m e n t s are explained, and use is made of a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional night viewing. [Fall, Winter.] 3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS 4 crs. A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. C4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Spring.I 1 2 1 , 22, 23 GENERAL PHYSICS 5, 5, 5 crs. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 53 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 1 6 1 ELECTRONICS 5 A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits b e f e e introducing the electron and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. req. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.] crs. tube and Pre- 1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 5 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [ 4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 1 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] I cr. 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4, 4 crs. Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION DEPARTh'IENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN Augsburg's offerings in political science are intended to facilitate an understanding of the processes, concepts, and institntins of governance; to provide an intellectual basis for effective and informed citizenship; and to help prepare interested students for additional work at the graduate or professional level, in such areas as law, political science, public administration, and international relations. Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics (Soc. 61). Political science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and a t least one course in each of the following areas: Comparative Government (numbered in the 50's) ; International Relations (60's) ; Public Law (70's) ;and Political Theory (80's). Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the Department of Political Science. . . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict. [Spring.] 2 2 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT; PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 5 crs. Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline, as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . 50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter.] 51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] W 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] 62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 4 crs. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. [Prereq. :51 or 60. Spring.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits in American Govt. or #. Winter.] W 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I I 4 crs. A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lc.1righ's and liberties cnder the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.] W 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato throxgh Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [Fall.] W 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.] W 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected contemporary political scientists, and of their philosophical and methodological assumptions. For majors in political science. [Spring.] W 9 5 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq. : # .] W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2-5 crs. DEPARmNT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN, MRS. HOWARD The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior; and (2) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior. . . .. . . Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition, Soc. 61 is required. Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.I 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. See under Secondary Education. 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Fall.] 52 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents, with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class differences. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Winter.] 53 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADULT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in geriatric psychology. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Spring.] 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I 4 crs. Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.] . 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II 4 crs. Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence, aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.] W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental n~ethodologyin psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 5 crs. 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq. : 62. Winter.] 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: 17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] 99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2-3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : # . Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. FRETHEIM, MR. RTANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take course ll: sophomores, course 21. Courses ll and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above 21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in religion. Minor: 26 credits. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION W I l INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. .An inrroduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue beriveen the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 1 Fall, Winter. S ~ ~ r i n1g . 21 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church, The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP 4 crs. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] W 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. See under Department of Sociology. W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain f ~ n d a m e n t a ltheological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] W 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.] 4 crs. 7 2 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. [Spring.] 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.] 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 4 crs. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly a s related to history and science. [Fall.] 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. New trends of Roman Catholic theology a s expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.] 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN, MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSON, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits a.nd 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 76, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54. 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. W I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] W 31 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and viewing the contemporary American family against a background of modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.] W 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] W 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The historic roots of the American rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world perspective. [Winter.] W 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration in 54. Fall.] 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54,55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter. 56, Spring.] 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS AND SOCIAL SERVICE 5 crs. A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and Social Services. 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the social sources and structure of the church. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. [Fall.] 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and h y p e thesis testing. IPrereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.] 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquencv, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] W 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY M 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as cro-.vd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 5 crs. The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.] 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making.. formal and informal or~anizational structure and labor-management relations. [Spring.] 85 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS I cr. A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community. 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.] SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening hzbits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 a 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: Y, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: ll, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fuliill the literature/speech requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement. I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] I 2 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 4 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 196849.1 2 1 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercolle$ate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 28 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 32 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES H 5 1 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.] 52 PERSUASION 5 crs. Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. :11. Spring, 1968-69.1 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.] 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.] 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS 5 crs. An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 196%70.] 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. [Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF -- STUDY AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Dwconess, .Swedish, Fairview, and ~ e t h o d i i tHospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools df Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t one of the two hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY [7 A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. Tke program requires 250 hours of clinical observation. practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. SPAN Augsbrrrg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for AmiQ among Nations) program. Tnis is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. -4ppplications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD [7 Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term. Many departments of the college offer a program through which the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for infomation regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third, term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM Effective with the 196748 academic year, a Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office a t each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the time of his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S' shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968. For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may be earned. Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day. Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in voice and instrumental music. For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately. A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the morning of August 3. For specific information, interested persons are asked to write: Director of Summer School Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 CURRICULU'MS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I Term 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 4 - 4 - - 5 5-6 - 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or Economics 22 Electives Term JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives I II III Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - - 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Electives I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 - - - 6 - - - 4-5 6 Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. 12 12 12 AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreien Laneuaee ~ i s t o 621. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 63 Sistory 55. Psychology 81s Sociology 42'; 43' Philosophy 65 Electives (non-major) SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20. 21 - - 4 -4 - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 SENIOR Sociology 59. Political Sci. 70* Histon 56' ~ d u c a i i o n87. English 82. Political Sci. 22' American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) * Electives in the major program ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN I Term I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 F o r & n Language Natural Science or Math. Philosouhy 21 Art 21Art 18, 55 History 2 History 61 I Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Art 83. 84 Art 67 Art 50 History 3 Speech 11 or Literature Music 30 History 21, 22 Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 - 4 - 4 -- 4 5 5 - 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68 Art 78 History 95 History 71 Art 99 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. - Cr. 4 Cr. - -- 4 8 - 4-5 4 4 3 - - - 4 - 8 ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Art 7 Art 8. 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 H. P.E. 10 Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Music 30 Electives Term I 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Term I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. Art ---. 21 -Art 18 and 55 Psychology 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics 2 2 Art 68, 99 Art 78 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually desirable. Biology 72 is required. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Englsh 11. 12 History 3 Sociology 11 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 Biology 11, 12 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR ---------- Foreign Language Physics 21. 22. 23 Biology 61; 71; or 76 Biology 63, 72 or 74 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Speech 11 or Literature Chemistry 51, 52, 53 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Biology 53 or elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 6 6 1 / 3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 or 23 Biology 51, 71, or 76 Biology 73 or elective Biology 72. 74, or 81 Biology 91, 92, 93 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological sciences. When making the choices between the biology course options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. Term Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 3 Socioloev 11 I I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - - - 5- 6 - 6 - 4 4 6 - - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Relieion 21 ~ o r G g nLanguage Biology 51 Psychology 5 Chemistry 23 H. P.E. 10 Mathematics 13 or 40* Mathematics 14 or elective* Religion Speech 11 or Literature Foreign Language Education 50. 59 Chemistry 53' Biology 61. 71, or 76 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 63, 72, or 74 Education 52, 53, 54 I I1 I11 5 5 5 - 5 5 - - 5 - - 6 5 - - Term Term JUNIOR I Cr Cr. Cr. TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 5-6 6 5-6 0 0 0 - -- - SENIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Biology 61, 71, or 76 Biology 72, 74, or 81 Biology 91, 93 Education 83 Education 84 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - 5-6 - - 5-6 1 - 1 - 5 10 4 4-5 4 - - - - - Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. Term FRESHMAN I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Relieion 11 E n g E s h 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1. 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Business Ad. 61 Economics 51 Business Ad. 62, 63 Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - - 5 5 5 - 5 5 - 4 5 - 5 - 5 - 5 5 4 4 - - Term Term JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 Electives MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ad. 1, 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 4 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 -- - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 - 5 - - 4 4 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Economics 51 Business Ad. 61, 62 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 78 Business Ad. 73 Electives BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 10 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Business Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 50 Economics 22, 23 Business Ed. .63 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 ForGgn Language Natural Science or Math. Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Business Ed. 21 Business Ed. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed.. 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cy. Cr. 4 - 6 - - SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Business Ad. 31 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 Mathematics 41, 42 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Chemistry 61. 62 Chemistry 63 Mathematics 83 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 6 - 5 - 5 - 4 6 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Chemistry 51, 52 Chemistry 53 Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion €hemism 81. 83 C h ~ m l s m$2 Forcim L ~ ~ g u a g e Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 80. 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 6 6 5 5 - 5 5 4 - - 5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 - 5 - 4 4 - 4 - - DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Mathematics 40. 41 Biology 11, 12 ' Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I Term I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Sueech. Lit. or Hist. ~;ychology 5 Chemistry 51, 52 Physics 21, 22, 23 I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 - - 4 - - ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion F o r s g n Language Sociology 61 Economics 51, 58 Electives I Term I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - - 10 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Business Ad. 1, 2 Economics 22, 23 Electives I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 - - 4 - - 4 - - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - Term SENIOR Religion Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 15 12 15 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Engljsh 11, 12 Foreign Language Historv 1. 2. or 3 ~ i o l o & o a lscience H. P.E. 10 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Elective (minor) JUNIOR Relieion ducati ion 55 Education 56 Education 52, 53, 54 Geography 14 Education 64 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 5 5 - 4 5 - 5 - 4 1/3 . 1/3 . 1/3 . - 4 - - - - - - - Term I 11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - 4 - 0 0 0 - 4 - - 6 rn SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Psychology 5 Phvsical Science poi. ~ c i 20, . 21 or 22 Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) SENIOR Relieion r ducat ion 77 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 Education 79 Education 87 Education 65 Electives (minor) Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 4-6 - 5 4 5 - 4 5 - - ~ - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Elective (minor) JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification a t the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply t o the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Business Education English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign L a n g ~ a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Education 50, 59 Education 52, 53. 54 H. P.E. 10 Electives in the major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 4 - 4 5 4 0 0 0 - - 5 - 8 8 8 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or Art 1 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 Electives SENIOR Reliigon Education 83. 84 Education 87 Electives in the major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning t o enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. FRESHMAN Relieion 11 ~ n g l k h11. 12 Sociology 11 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 8 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Physics 75 Physics 62, 63 Physics Lab. Mathematics 83, 84 Biology 11, 12 or, Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 History 1, 2, or 3 Literature Sociology 12 Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43. 58 Art 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department o'f English. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 Enelish 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 English 61. 62, 84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4-5 - 5 5 5 5 4 - A - - Term I II 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. ---4 - 5 - - 4 5 - 5 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~conomics'22 Speech 11 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or Elective in the major English 47; and 31, 32, or 78 SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - Term I 11 n I Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion English 90 Electives* * Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 Enelish 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12. 52 or 55 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 Term I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 ' English 61. 62, 55 English 72 or 74, 84 Speech 60 or 66 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - 4 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 - 4 5 5 - - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 5 SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Art 1 or Music 30 English 21 or 40, 86 or 88 English 90. 91, or 92 Library Science 75 -- -- -45 . 4 4 3 -- - - 4 - 5 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 21 Intfr. Foreign Language Sueech 11 or Literature ~ h i l o s o p h y 21 Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. lo* Electives or 56, 57 Religion 11 English 11, 12 Beg. Foreign Language History 1. 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Education 50' Education 52.. 53.. 54' Education 59* Psychology 5. Conversation 55 Survey 63, 64" Literature 74~~~c~~~.;- 72- or -- Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE 5 5 5 - - 5 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education Education Education Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Indep. Study 99 Electives 5 - 2 5 - - - 5 2 5 5 5 5 Students who do not plan to take t h e education sequence may substitute 92. 99 or other electives for these courses. * * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. - GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2. or Latin 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 - - 5 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives Term I fI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 8 8 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Naturll Science Greek 11. 12, Philosouhv 21 POI. sG. 30, 21, Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives Math. 22 or Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 23 H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,M) H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 57' H. P.E. 51, 52 H. P.E. 71, 72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOWOBE - - 5 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 H' P E: 335. P.E. 43 R. P.E. 5D' Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 0 0 0 - - 5 - - - 6 5 - - 2 4 4 4-5 4-5 4 - - SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 73. H. P.E. 60. Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - - 5 - 4 4 5 4 4 - n - 10 - -- -4 - - - 4 - - Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of History. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language History Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 - 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 4-5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 4 8 4 4 - - - 4 - 4 4 - - 4 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Laneuage Historv 21, 22 P h i l o s o ~ h y 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 - - 5 - 4 5 4 5 5-6 5-6 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN ~ n g l i s h11, 12 Foreian Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociolonv 11 ~ c o n o m i c s 22 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 -~ -.-... Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Science 20. 22 H. P.E. 10 History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 5 5 4 4 4 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosowhv 21 ~ s y c h o i o g y5 Natural Science or Math. SENIOR Religion Education 84 F,ueech 11 or Literature History History 95 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5-6 5-6 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, pages 50 and 108. English, pages 68 and 114. History, pages 34 and 116. Political Science, pages 92 and 121. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year a t prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The following course of study is designed for students who have a strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14 before registering for Mathematical Analysis. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Math. 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Mathematics 83. 84, 85 mathematics 72, 73 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Mathematics 61 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 - - - - - 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I LI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Econ. 22 Socioloev 11 ~6riign"~anguage Art 1 or Music 30 Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43, 58, 64 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - - 4-5 4 4 4 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Mathematics 67 Mathematics 80 Mathematics 99 Electives MATHEMATICS MAJOR 0 FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Cr. C 4 5 5 5 - - - 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Econ. 22 Mathematics 43, 58. 64 Physics or Chemistry 4 - 4 4 - - - 45 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - I Relieion Art l or Music 30 Education 50, 59 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Mathematics 83. 84 Educatiun 52, 53, 54 Philosophy 21 Mathematics 61. 72 Elective Term II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 5 - 4 5 4 4 0 0 0 4 - -- SENIOR Term I Religion Education 87 Education 84 Education 83 mathematics 80 Mathematics 67 Mathematics 99 H. P.E. 10 Electives I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - -4 - 10 4 - ~ MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may c,omplete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor osf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg a s well as a t the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Relieion 11 ~ngnsh 11, 12 History 2 Sociology 11 SioloEv 11. 12 ~ h e m G t r y'5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR I Term Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 4 - - - 4 - 6 6 6 - - 6 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE I I1 In: Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Mathematics 13 Chemistry 23 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 72 SENIOR Cr. r. -. . C . Cr. -. Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 Physics 3 Chemistry 53 Biology 71 or electives Biology 76 - 4 - - - - 5-6 6 4 4 4-5 4 - 4 - - Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months. 45 credits 4 6 - - MEDICINE Since mo'st pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are as follows: Credits 12 12 12 Biology 11, 12 Chemistry 15. 16 ChemIstrv 51. 52 &jal science and Humanities General electives Recommended: Physical Chemistry 61 Mathematics 42 (calculus) 5 5 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 68 Education 59 Art 1 Music 53'. 54 Music 60, -61 Music 57, 58 Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 - 5 5 - 5 - - 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 4 Term I 11 In Cr. - .. Cr. - - . Cr. . - . - - 4 - - 4 0 - 0 0 - 4 5 4 3 0 1 3 0 1 - - 5 - 4 4 4 - 0 1 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Music 4, 5, 6 Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 - - 4 5 - 4 1 - - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 1 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10 Philosophy 21 Music Organization Electives MUSIC MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4, 5, S Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 1 0 4 4 5 - 4-5 4-5 4 4 1 0 - 1 0 - JUNIOR Religion Art 1 Music 60, 61, 62 Music 53*, 54 Music 57, 58 Applied Music Music Organization Electives * Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 4 4 4 1 0 3 1 0 - 4 - 4 - 4 - 3 1 0 4 SENIOR Religicn Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~ c o n o m i c s22 Philosophy 21 Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization Speech 11 or Literature Electives I Term IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - - 4-5 - - 4 - 1 0 1 0 4 - 1 0 4 8 10 - 5 Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term 1IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. For& Language Art 1 or Music 30 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics. 22 Psychology 5 Term I I1 m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Education 50, 59 Natural Science or Math. Education 52, 53, 54 H. P.E. 10 - 4 -4 -9 8 0 0 - 5 4 - 4 5 8 0 Term SENIOR Religion Natural Science or Math. Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 ~ n 0. Cr. Cr. - - 10 5 - 4 - 13 13 - - - - 4 - PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives JUNIOR Religion Speech 11 or 51 or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives Term I II m Cr. Cr. Cr. ---5 4 5 5 5 4 - SOPHOMORE 4 - - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Phdosophy 23 Philosophy 41. 42, 43 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I n m Cr. Cr. Cr. -5 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 - - - - 5 4 - - 4-5 - 4- 4 Term I II I11 Cr. Cr. (Sr. Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Elective Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. m FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ o & i g n~ a $ u a g e Math. 14 or 40 Mathematics 41. 42 History 1, 2, or'3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Physics 61 Physics 51, 52 Mathematics 83, Art 1 or Music Physics 62. 63 Physics 77 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Mathematics 58 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or 3conomics 22 Philosophy 21 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr Cr. SENIOR Reliigon Physics 81, 82 Physics 77 Speech 11 or Literature Electives POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 3 Philosophy 21 Math. or Natural Science Sociology 11 Political Sci. 20, 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion ~ o r e i g nLanguage Political Sci. 60 Political Sci. 80, 81. 84 Economics 22. 23 Psvcholow 5 ~iferaturF Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Art 1 or Music 30 Sociology 61, 62 Philosophy 23 Political Sci. 22, 50 Computer Science 45 History 21, 22 SENIOR Religion Political Sci. 51, 62 Political Sci. 70, 71 Foreign Language Electives Tern I I1 111 Cr Cr Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR IJ FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Electives Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 5 4 - - - - 4 4 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Psvcholoev ~&ychol Psychology Psychology Electives 81 o99 ~~ 91 Elective RELIGION MAJOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science History 1, 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Math. I Term n m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Religion .-P O ~ . 2"i. - 20,-21,-or or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 Electives I Religion Philosophy Foreign Language Psychology 5 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 5 - 4 6 - - - SENIOR Term I II rn Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 Eneldh 11. 12 scGa. 1. 5 EListov 1. 2. or 3 Natural Seience or Math. Soziology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 - - 5 Term I II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Scand. 5, 6 Scand. 55 Scand. 26 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10. Art 1 or Music 30 Term I nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. - - Religion Psychology 5. Education 50. duoa at ion 52, 53, 54. Education 59. Scand. 72 Philoso~hv 21 Scand. -74Scand. 62 Electives SOPHOMORE - 4 5 - - 4 0 0 - - 05 5 - 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84' Education 83' Education 87; Scand. 84 Scand. 99 Electives * Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the f'ollowing program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ u i i i e s s~ - d 1. Business Ed. 50 Business Ed. 21. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 10 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SECOND YEAR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 psychology 5 Speech 11 Busixess Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 63 Business Ed. 8 Electives SEMINARY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Historv 1. 2. 3 ~ o r e i & ~anguage' Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - 4 - - SENIOR Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives * Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek. students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr Cr Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Sci. 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 Economics 23 History Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 4 4 5 5 - 5 4 4 4 - - - - SENIOR Relieion ducati ion 84 Education 83 Education 87 Sociology 12 Speech 11 or Literature History History 95 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate scho,ol. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Socioloev 11. 12 A& 1 ~ u s i c30 H. P E . 1. 2, 3 or JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 63 Sociology 31 Sociology 61,' 62' Psychology 5 Speech 11 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 - - 4 - - 4 - - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 5 - 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 41. 42, 43 Electives SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5-6 5-6 - - 4 - - - - 4-5 4 - 4 - 4 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75' Sociology 82, 83 Socioloas 91. * Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Lannuaae ist tory 1,r .2 3 Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Sociology 51.' 52.* 53. Sociology 54,* 55,' 56" Sociology 61; Psychology 5 Sociology 31 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 4 4 - - 4 - -4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Soeech 11 or Literature ~ b l Sci. . 2 0 , 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 42, 43 Elective SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Sociology 75. 82 Psychology 61, 62 Electives Required for the major. SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major. 0 SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Soeech 61 ~ b l .Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Speech 60 Speech 51. 55 Education 50 Educction 52, 53, 54 Education 59 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term I 11 n I Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Langu.age Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Philosophy 23 Speech 12 or 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 - 4 5 5 6 4-5 - - 6 4 5 - Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Relieion speech 16 Speech 76 Speech 66 Education Education Education Electives Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. or 67 84 83 87 PERSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Dr. Dr. Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Luthard 0.Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-Chairman Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . Secretary Herbert A. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans t:. I ,l.t Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie ............. Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations John Bostrom .............. Manager of Publications and Sports Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations and Convocations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician Orlin Mandsager .............................. Campus Pastor Irving Hoe1 ........................... Manager of Book Store Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson ............. Director of Student Activities PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D. Strong Company Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, First National Bank Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northern States Power Company Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Gilbert Systems, Inc. Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. 0 Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0.G. Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judge of the District Court General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMI'ITEES OF THE FACULTY Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse, Fagerlie President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien, Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel, Miss Joel Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martins